Перевод: с греческого на английский

с английского на греческий

time+order

  • 1 ἀρτύω

    Grammatical information: v.
    Meaning: `arrange, prepare', also of food `season' (Il.)
    Derivatives: ἄρτυμα `condiment' (Hp.). ἀρτύνω = ἀρτύω (Il.); s. Schwyzer 727f.
    Origin: IE [Indo-European] [55] * h₂er- `fit'
    Etymology: Denom. verb but the noun is found only in: ἀρτύς σύνταξις, ἀρτύν φιλίαν καὶ σύμβασιν η κρίσιν H.; it may well be old, cf. Skt. r̥tú- m. `fixed time, order, rule' (* h₂rtu-), Arm. ard, gen. ardu `order' and Lat. artus, -ūs m. `joint, limb'. tu-derivation from ar- `fit' in ἀραρίσκω.
    Page in Frisk: 1,156-157

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > ἀρτύω

  • 2 εἰς

    εἰς prep. w. acc. (Hom.+; s. the lit. under ἀνά, beg., also ATheimer, Die Präp. εἰς, ἐν, ἐκ im NT: Progr. z. 24. u. 29. Jahresbericht des niederösterr. Landes-Real-u. Obergymnasiums Horn 1896; 1901; AOepke, TW II 418–32), indicating motion into a thing or into its immediate vicinity or relation to something.
    extension involving a goal or place, into, in, toward, to
    into, toward, to after verbs of going, or those that include motion toward a place (also after subst. as ἄφιξις Tat. 37, 1 or πορεία 38, 1); so after ἄγω, ἀκολουθέω, ἀναβαίνω, ἀνάγω, ἀναχωρέω, ἀνέρχομαι, ἄπειμι, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀποδημέω, ἀποπλέω, γίνομαι δεῦρο, διαβαίνω, διαπεράω, διασῴζω, διέρχομαι, διώκω, εἰσάγω, εἴσειμι, εἰσέρχομαι, εἰσπορεύομαι, ἐκπηδάω, ἐκπλέω, ἐκπορεύομαι, ἐμβαίνω, ἐμβάλλω, ἐνδύνω, ἐξέρχομαι, ἐπανάγω, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιστρέφω, ἔρχομαι (s. Goodsp., Probs. 56f), εὐθυδρομέω, ἥκω, καθίζω, καταβαίνω (s. Goodsp., Probs. 52–54), κατάγομαι, καταντάω, καταπλέω, καταφεύγω, κατέρχομαι, μεταβαίνω, ὁρμάω, παραβάλλω, παραγίνομαι, πέτομαι, πλέω, πορείαν ποιοῦμαι, πορεύομαι, προάγω, συμβάλλω, συνάγομαι, συναναβαίνω, συνέρχομαι, ὑπάγω, ὑποστρέφω, ὑποχωρέω, φεύγω, χωρέω; s. these entries.
    α. extension toward, in the direction of, a specific place to be reached. Hence w. nouns that denote an accessible place εἰς τὸν οἶκον into the house Mt 9:7; synagogue Ac 17:10; heaven Lk 2:15; abyss 8:31. φεύγειν εἰς τὰ ὄρη Mk 13:14. W. names of places and countries to Spain Ro 15:24, 28. εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ vs. 25 al. Also on, in εἰς (τὰς) ὁδούς Lk 14:23; Mt 10:5, 10; εἰς ὁδόν Mk 6:8; 10:17. εἰς ἀγρόν 16:12. In another sense ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος 3:13; Mt 15:29.In the vicinity of, near, to (Jos., Vi. 115 εἰς τ. κώμην) εἰς (τὴν) θάλασσαν Mk 7:31; 3:7 v.l.; Mt 17:27. εἰς πόλιν (Hdt. 2, 169; 4, 200, 1; Diod S 15, 32, 2 παραγενόμενος εἰς πόλιν) J 4:5; cp. vs. 28. εἰς τό μνημεῖον 11:31, 38; 20:1, 3f (cp. vs. 6). ἐγγίζειν εἰς (Tob 11:1) Mt 21:1; Mk 11:1; Lk 18:35; 19:29. εἰς τοὺς φραγμούς to the hedges 14:23. κλίνειν τὸ πρόσωπον εἰς τ. γῆν toward the ground 24:5.
    β. with focus on the area within the point reached. After verbs of sending, moving, etc., which result in movement or include a movement of the body to, into, among εἰς τὴν πόλιν into the city Mt 26:18 al.; boat Mt 8:23; J 6:17; world J 1:9; εἰς τ. ναόν 2 Th 2:4; εἰς (τὸ) μέσον (Sir 27:12; cp. 48:17): ἔστη εἰς τὸ μέσον (X., Cyr. 4, 1, 1), he (came and) stood among them J 20:19, 26; cp. Mk 14:60; Lk 6:8, also ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μ. get up and come here Mk 3:3.—δέχεσθαι εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας take in (into) one’s arms Lk 2:28 (cp. Jos., Ant. 8, 28).
    γ. of movement directed at a surface of an area on, in: of striking (PRyl 145, 13f [38 A.D.] ἔδωκεν πληγὰς πλείους εἰς πᾶν μέρος τοῦ σώματος=gave many blows all over his body; cp. PTebt 39, 32) τύπτειν εἰς τ. κεφαλήν on the head Mt 27:30 (cp. Arrian, Anab. 2, 26, 4 ἐμβάλλειν εἰς τ. κεφαλήν). ῥαπίζειν εἰς τὴν σιαγόνα on the cheek 5:39.—εἰς τ. ὄμματα Mk 8:23; εἰς τ. ὁδόν 11:8; ἀναπίπτειν εἰς τ. ἔσχατον τόπον sit in the lowest place Lk 14:10; cp. vs. 8. εἰς τὴν χεῖρα, τοὺς πόδας on his hand, his feet Lk 15:22.
    δ. of a position within a certain area be at, be in, be on εἰς is freq. used where ἐν would be expected (s. 1bβ below; for Mark usage s. JO’Rourke, JBL 85, ’66, 349–51)—(Hdt. 7, 239, 1; Diod S 13, 101, 3; 20, 30, 2; Vett. Val. index III p. 394b; PTebt 38, 14 [113 B.C.] εἰς ὸ̔ν ἐνοικεῖ … οἶκον; POxy 294, 6 [22 A.D.]; 929, 12; BGU 385, 5; 423, 7; Kaibel 134; LXX. Cp. GHatzidakis, Einl. in die neugr. Gramm. 1892, 210f; Mlt. 62f, 234f; Rob. 592f; Rdm.2 14; 140; B-D-F §205; EOldenburger, De Or. Sib. Elocutione, diss. Rostock 1903, 26ff) εἰς τ. κοίτην εἶναι Lk 11:7. εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Mk 10:10. οἱ εἰς τ. οἶκόν μου (ὄντες) Lk 9:61. οἱ εἰς μακρὰν (ὄντες) Ac 2:39. καθημένου εἰς τὸ ὄρος Mk 13:3 (cp. Musonius 43, 18 H. καθῆσθαι εἰς Σινώπην). ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν (ὤν) he who is in the field 13:16. γίνεσθαι εἰς τὴν Καφαρναούμ happen in Capernaum Lk 4:23. εἰς συναγωγὰς δαρήσεσθε you will be beaten in the synagogues Mk 13:9. εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον he found himself in A. Ac 8:40 (cp. Esth 1:5 τοῖς ἔθνεσιν τοῖς εὑρεθεῖσιν εἰς τ. πόλιν; Gen 37:17). ἀποθανεῖν εἰς Ἰερ. Ac 21:13 (cp. Aelian, VH 7, 8 Ἡφαιστίων εἰς Ἐκβάτανα ἀπέθανε). κατοικεῖν εἰς Ἰερ. Ac 2:5; cp. Mt 2:23; 4:13; Ac 7:4; Hb 11:9 (cp. Thu. 2, 102, 6; X., An. 1, 2, 24; Num 35:33; 2 Ch 19:4). χάριν, εἰς ἣν στῆτε the favor in which you stand 1 Pt 5:12. ἔχειν βιβλίον εἰς τὰς χεῖρας have a book in one’s hands Hv 1, 2, 2. πηλὸς γάρ ἐσμεν εἰς την χεῖρα τοῦ τεχνίτου for we are clay in the hand of the artisan. εἰς ταύτην τὴν πόλιν in this city 2, 4, 3 al.—εἰς=at or on (BGU 845, 20f; τραπέζας … εἰς ἃς ἤσθιον οἱ πτωχοί TestJob 25:5) ὁ ὢν εἰς τ. κόλπον τ. πατρός who leans on the breast (or reclines in the lap) of the Father (=who is on intimate terms w. the Father, s. κόλπος) J 1:18. In AcPlCor 2:35 the prepositions εἰς and ἐν appear to be carefully distinguished: τὰ δεσμὰ εἰς τὰς χείρας ἔχω … καὶ τὰ στίγματα ἐν τῷ σώματί μου.
    ε. of presence in an area determined by other objects, esp. after verbs of sending, moving, etc. including ἀπολύω, ἀποστέλλω, βάλλω, βαπτίζω, δέχομαι, δίδωμι, ἐγκεντρίζω, ἐκβάλλω, ἐκπέμπω, ἐκχέω, ἐμβάπτω, ἐξαποστέλλω, καθίημι, μεταπέμπομαι, παρακύπτω, πέμπω, χαλάω; s. these entries. ἐμπίπτειν εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς fall among robbers Lk 10:36. εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mk 4:7; εἰς τ. λαόν Ac 4:17 et al., where the transl. depends on the verb in question. πνεύματος ἁγίου … ἀποσταλέντος εἰς αὐτήν (Μαρίαν) sent into her AcPlCor 2:5; cp. 2:10 ἔπεμψεν εἰς τοὺς προφήτας into the prophets; 2:14 κατέπεμψε … εἰς Μαρίαν.—ἔστη εἰς τὸ κριτήριον she stood before the tribunal GJs 15:2 (difft. J 20:19, 26, s. 1aβ).
    of direction toward something without ref. to bodily motion.
    α. w. verbs of looking (fr. Od. 10, 37; Il. 3, 364; LXX) ἀναβλέπειν εἴς τι look up toward someth. (2 Macc 7:28; Sus 35 Theod.) Mk 6:41; Lk 9:16; Ac 22:13; cp. ἀτενίζω, βλέπω, ἐμβλέπω, ὁράω (Just., D. 112, 1).—ἐπαίρειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς εἴς τινα raise one’s eyes toward someone Lk 6:20.
    β. after verbs of saying, teaching, proclaiming, preaching, etc. (Trag.; Hdt. 8:26, 3; Thu. 1, 72, 2; 5, 45, 1 and many later wr., incl. LXX) λαλεῖν εἰς τ. κόσμον say to the world J 8:26. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον εἰς ὅλον τ. κόσμον the gospel in the whole world Mk 14:9. εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 13:10; Lk 24:47. εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Th 2:9. εὐαγγελίζεσθαι εἴς τινα 2 Cor 10:16; 1 Pt 1:25; γνωρίζειν Ro 16:26. ἀπαγγέλλειν τι εἴς τινα Mk 5:14; Lk 8:34. διαμαρτύρεσθαι εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ, μαρτυρεῖν εἰς Ῥώμην bear witness in Jerusalem, Rome Ac 23:11. ἵνα εἰς Νινευὴ μὴ κηρύξῃ AcPlCor 2:29. In these and similar cases εἰς approaches ἐν in mng.; s. 1aδ.
    γ. The same is true of βαπτίζεσθαι εἰς τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mk 1:9 and νίπτεσθαι εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν J 9:7; these expr. look like exx. of the interchange of εἰς and ἐν, but were orig. formed on the analogy of X., Cyr. 1, 3, 5 ἀποκαθαίρει τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὰ χειρόμακτρα= lit. ‘into the towels’; cp. Epict. 3, 22, 71 ἵνʼ αὐτὸ (sc. τὸ παιδίον) λούσῃ εἰς σκάφην; Alciphron, Ep. 3, 7, 1; Athen. 10, 438e.
    extension in time, to, until, on
    w. indication of specific time
    α. up to which someth. continues εἰς τέλος to the end (Epict. 1, 7, 17) Mt 10:22; 24:13; Mk 13:13. εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν until that day 2 Ti 1:12 (Ath. 2, 1 εἰς … τὴν σήμερον ἡμέραν). εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ Phil 1:10. εἰς Χριστόν until the coming of the Messiah Gal 3:24.
    β. for or on which someth. happens μεριμνᾶν εἰς τὴν αὔριον be anxious for tomorrow Mt 6:34; cp. Hs 6, 5, 3; εἰς τὸ μέλλον for the future 1 Ti 6:19. εἰς τὸ μεταξὺ σάββατον on the next Sabbath Ac 13:42. εἰς ἡμέραν (UPZ 66, 5 [153 B.C.]) for the day Phil 2:16; cp. Eph 4:30; Rv 9:15.
    γ. at which someth. takes place (Appian, Mithrid. 74 §321 ἐς ἑσπέραν=in the evening; Epict. 4, 10, 31 αὔριον ἢ εἰς τὴν τρίτην; En 1:1 οἵτινες ἔσονται εἰς ἡμέραν ἀνάγκης) εἰς τὸν καιρὸν αὐτῶν in their time Lk 1:20; εἰς τὸ μέλλον in the future 13:9. εἰς τέλος in the end, finally (Hdt. 3, 403; Gen 46:4; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 18, 2) 18:5 (B-D-F §207, 3 prefers mng. 3 below and ὑπωπιάζω 3; s. also Mlt-Turner 266). εἰς τὸ πάλιν=πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2; s. Schmid I 167; II 129; III 282; IV 455; 625. εἰς ταχεῖαν soon AcPlCor 2:3.
    to indicate duration of time for, throughout (Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 16 Jac. εἰς νύκτα; Arrian, Anab. 4, 30, 1 ἐς τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Just., D. 2, 5 εἰς μακρὰν for a long time) εἰς ἔτη πολλά for many years Lk 12:19. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας (αἰών 1b) forever Mt 21:19; Mk 3:29; 11:14; Lk 1:33; J 8:35 and oft. εἰς ἡμέραν αἰῶνος to the day of eternity 2 Pt 3:18. εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γενεάς for generation after generation Lk 1:50. εἰς τὸ διηνεκές forever Hb 7:3; 10:1, 12, 14 (cp. Thu. 2, 64, 3 ἐς ἀί̈διον).
    marker of degree, up to: εἰς τέλος completely, fully, absolutely (s. Just, A I, 44, 12 and on τέλος 2bγ) 1 Th 2:16; B 4:7; 19:11; Hv 3, 7, 2; m 12, 2, 3; Hs 8, 6, 4; 8, 8, 5; 8, 9, 3.—J 13:1 combines in εἰς τέλος the mngs. to the end (s. 2aα above) and to the uttermost (cp. Appian, Mithrid. 58 §239 ἡμῶν ἀμυναμένων ἤδη καὶ ἀμυνουμένων ἐς τέλος=we have defended ourselves up to now and will defend ourselves ἐς τέλος). εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα 2 Cor 10:13, 15 (cp. PVat A 12=Witkowski 36, 12 [168 B.C.] εἰς τὰ ἔσχατα). εἰς περισσείαν 10:15. εἰς ὑπερβολήν (Eur., Hipp. 939; Aeschin., F. Leg. 4) 4:17. εἰς τὸ παντελές (q.v. 2) Lk 13:11; Hb 7:25 (Tat. 6, 1).
    marker of goals involving affective/abstract/suitability aspects, into, to
    of entry into a state of being w. verbs of going, coming, leading, etc., used in a fig. sense: ἀπέρχεσθαι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον Mt 25:46 (cp. Sir 41:10). εἰσφέρειν εἰς πειρασμόν 6:13. πορεύεσθαι εἰς θάνατον Lk 22:33. ὑπάγειν εἰς ἀπώλειαν Rv 17:8, 11. βάλλειν εἰς θλῖψιν 2:22. παραδιδόναι εἰς θλῖψιν Mt 24:9; cp. 2 Cor 4:11; Lk 24:20. συγκλείειν εἰς ἀπείθειαν Ro 11:32. ἐμπίπτειν εἰς κρίμα 1 Ti 3:6f; cp. 6:9 (and Ath. 24, 5 εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν πεσόντες παρθένων). ἄγειν εἰς μετάνοιαν Ro 2:4; cp. Hb 2:10 εἰς δόξαν. (Just., A I, 10, 4 εἰς πίστιν; 42, 11 εἰς ἐπίστασιν καὶ ἀνάμνησιν.) αἰχμαλωτίζειν εἰς ὑπακοήν 2 Cor 10:5. ἀνακαινίζειν εἰς μετάνοιαν Hb 6:6; cp. 2:10. Sim. ἀπάγω, ἀποβαίνω, εἰσέρχομαι, εἰσφέρω, ἐκβάλλω, ἐλευθερόω, ἐπιστρέφω, κατευθύνω, μεταβαίνω, ὁδηγέω et al.; s. these entries.
    of change from one state to another w. verbs of changing: στρέφειν (Esth 4:17h; 1 Macc 1:39), μεταστρέφειν (Sir 11:31; 1 Macc 9:41; 3 Macc 6:22) τι εἴς τι Rv 11:6; Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4); Js 4:9. μεταλλάσσειν Ro 1:26. μετασχηματίζεσθαι (q.v. 2) 2 Cor 11:13f; μετατίθεσθαι εἰς turn away to Gal 1:6.
    of actions or feelings directed in someone’s direction in hostile or friendly sense (Thu. 1, 38; 66; 130; X., Cyr. 1, 3, 5; Paus. 7, 9, 3; 7, 10, 2; Aelian, VH 11, 10).
    α. in a hostile sense (Arrian, Anab. 1, 1, 4; PEleph 1, 9 [311/310 B.C.] κακοτεχνεῖν εἰς Δημητρίαν; UPZ 170b, 47 [127 B.C.]): ἁμαρτάνειν εἴς τινα (Herodian 7, 9, 11; EpJer 12; Jdth 5:20; 11:10) sin against someone Lk 15:18, 21. βλασφημεῖν εἴς τινα (Bel 8 Theod.; Just., D. 122, 2) defame someone Mk 3:29; Lk 12:10; 22:65; θαρρεῖν εἴς τινα 2 Cor 10:1. ψεύδεσθαι εἴς τινα (Sus 55; 59 Theod.) Col 3:9. Also w. nouns and adj. (Paus. 7, 8, 4; PFay 12, 7 [c. 103 B.C.] ἀδικήματα εἴς με; En 97:7 μνημόσυνον εἰς ὑμᾶς κακόν) Ac 6:11; 23:30; Ro 8:7.
    β. in a friendly sense: μακροθυμεῖν 2 Pt 3:9. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Ro 12:16. So also πιστεύειν εἴς τινα trust or believe in someone Mt 18:6; Mk 9:42 and oft. (s. πιστεύω 1aε). Also w. nouns (OGI 49, 10 [III B.C.] φιλοτιμία εἰς; 51, 4; UPZ 22, 18 [162 B.C.]; 39, 5 εἰς τὸ θεῖον εὐσέβεια; 2 Macc 9:26 εὔνοια; Tat. 16:2 τῆς εἰς αὐτοὺς [δαίμονας] θρησκείας) ἀγάπη Ro 5:8; 2 Cor 2:4, 8; Col 1:4; 1 Th 3:12. ἐλπίς (2 Macc 9:20; Synes., Ep. 104 p. 264a εἰς τὸν κομήτην ἐ.) Ac 24:15. κοινωνία Phil 1:5 (Tat. 18, 2); πεποίθησις 2 Cor 8:22. δύναμις Eph 1:19. πίστις (Jos., Ant. 16, 48; 18, 334) Ac 20:21; 24:24; 26:18; Col 2:5; and adj. φιλόξενος 1 Pt 4:9; χρηστός Eph 4:32. διακονία Ro 15:31 (cp. the v.l. Ac 12:25 and s. JDupont, NovT 1, ’56, 275–303); 2 Cor 8:4. The context of 1 Pt 1:11 suggests consolation of Christians for the sufferings they endure in a hostile environment, hence REB: sufferings in Christ’s cause; for εἰς Χρ. construed genitivally (UPZ 180a II, 2 [113 B.C.] χωρὶς τοῦ εἰς αὐτὴν οἴκου; PTebt 16:9f contains a restoration of εἰς) s. NRSV ‘sufferings destined for Christ’ (for a parallel expr. in a hostile sense cp. Polyb. 1, 7, 12 τῆς εἰς ἐκείνους τιμωρίας; 1, 69, 7; 38, 1 [4], 13; s. [s.v. ἀνά beg.] Kuhring 13; Rudberg 201).
    w. the vocation, use, or end indicated for, as: αἱρέομαι εἴς τι 2 Th 2:13. ἀφορίζω Ro 1:1; Ac 13:2. προγράφω Ro 15:4; Jd 4. ἀποστέλλω Hb 1:14. πέμπω Phil 4:16; 1 Th 3:2, 5. ποιῶ τι εἰς 1 Cor 10:31; 11:24. S. also under κεῖμαι, προορίζω, τάσσω, τίθημι.—εἰμὶ εἴς τι serve as someth. (s. εἰμί 6; also ins 134, 33ff fr. the Delphinion at Miletus [I A.D.] 1914; s. Dssm., LO 97, 1 [LAE 123]; Ar. 5, 1 ὕδωρ … εἰς χρῆσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων γέγονε) 1 Cor 14:22; for destruction Col 2:22; as a testimony Js 5:3. Used w. a noun σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἀτιμίαν a vessel meant for honorable, dishonorable use Ro 9:21; cp. vs. 22f; 2 Ti 2:20f; φύλλα τοῦ ξύλου εἰς θεραπείαν Rv 22:2. φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν a light serving as a revelation Lk 2:32. θεράπων εἰς μαρτύριον τῶν λαληθησομένων a servant to bear witness to what would be said Hb 3:5. (Cp. Just., A I, 66, 1 τὸ … εἰς ἀναγέννησιν λουτρόν). W. acc. of pers. (Just., A II, 12, 4 συκοφαντίᾳ τῇ εἰς ἡμᾶς; Tat. 17, 3 τὴν εἰς τοὺς μεμηνότας βοήθειαν) ἡ εἰς ὑμᾶς χάρις the grace meant for you 1 Pt 1:10. διδόναι εἴς τι pay out for someth., money for a field Mt 27:10.
    w. the result of an action or condition indicated into, to, so that: αὐξάνειν εἰς ναόν grow into a temple Eph 2:21. πληροῦσθαι εἴς τι 3:19. λυπηθῆναι εἰς μετάνοιαν be grieved so that repentance takes place 2 Cor 7:9. Of prayer ἀναβαίνειν εἰς μνημόσυνον Ac 10:4. ὁμολογεῖν εἰς σωτηρίαν confess to salvation = so as to receive salvation Ro 10:10; cp. 1:16; 1 Pt 2:2; εἰς ἔπαινον κτλ. to praise etc. 1 Pt 1:7; εἰς βοήθειαν (1 Ch 12:17; Jdth 6:21; JosAs 23:4) Hb 4:16; cp. 10:39; Rv 13:3; Ro 6:16; 8:15; 13:4, 14; 1 Cor 11:34; 2 Cor 2:16 al.; εἰς κενόν (s. κενός 3) 2 Cor 6:1; Gal 2:2; Phil 2:16; 1 Th 3:5. σχίζειν εἰς δύο tear in two Mt 27:51; Mk 15:38. Cp. GPt 5:20 (cp. Polyb. 2, 16, 11; Lucian, Symp. 44, Tox. 54; 1 Km 15:29; Tob 5:3 S; 1 Macc 9:11; Ath. 18, 3 ᾠὸν … εἰς δύο ἐρράγη). W. subst. inf. foll. so that Ro 1:20; 3:26; 4:18; 6:12; 7:4; 1 Th 3:13; 2 Th 2:10f; Hb 11:3 al.
    to denote purpose in order to, to (Appian, Liby. 101 §476 ἐς ἔκπληξιν=in order to frighten; Just., A I, 21, 4 εἰς προτροπήν ‘to spur on’) εἰς ἄγραν in order to catch someth. Lk 5:4. εἰς ἀπάντησιν, συνάντησιν, ὑπάντησίν τινι (s. these 3 entries) to meet someone, toward someone Mt 8:34; 25:1; J 12:13. εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς as a witness, i.e. proof, to them Mt 8:4; 10:18; 24:14 al. εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν for forgiveness of sins, so that sins might be forgiven Mt 26:28; cp. Mk 1:4; Lk 3:3; Ac 2:38. εἰς μνημόσυνόν τινος in memory of someone Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; cp. Lk 22:19 al. (εἰς μνημόσυνον En 99:3). εἰς ὅ for which purpose (Hdt. 2, 103, 1) Col 1:29; otherw. 2 Th 1:11 with this in view; εἰς τί; why? (Wsd 4:17; Sir 39:16, 21) Mt 14:31; Mk 14:4; 15:34; Hm 2:5; D 1:5. εἰς τοῦτο for this reason or purpose Mk 1:38; Lk 4:43 v.l.; J 18:37; Ac 9:21; 26:16; Ro 9:17; 14:9; 2 Cor 2:9; 1J 3:8; Hs 1:9 (Just., A I, 13, 3). εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο for this very reason 2 Cor 5:5; Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. W. subst. inf. foll. (X., Ages. 9, 3, Mem. 3, 6, 2; Just., A I, 9, 5) in order to (oft. LXX; neg. μή in order not to; s. B-D-F §402, 2) Mt 20:19; 26:2; 27:31; Mk 14:55 and oft.—εἰς ὁδόν for the journey 6:8.
    As in Mod. Gk., it is used for the dat., esp. the dat. of advantage, but also= for in general (X., An. 3, 3, 19 τ. ἵππους εἰς ἱππέας κατασκευάσωμεν; Lycurg. 85 διεκαρτέρουν εἰς τ. πατρίδα; UPZ 180a I, 7 [113 B.C.] τὸν εἰς Τάγην οἶκον ᾠκοδομημένον; BGU 37, 4f [51 A.D.] ξύλα εἰς τοὺς ἐλαιῶνάς μου wood for my olive orchards; PLond I, 43, 9 p. 48 [II B.C.]; PTebt 5, 77; POxy 37 I, 9; EpJer 9; Sir 37:7, cp. vs. 8; Jdth 14:2; Bel 3 Theod., vs. 22 LXX) εἰς πάντα τ. λαόν Lk 9:13; cp. 3J 5. εἰς ἡμᾶς Eph 1:19; cp. Col 1:25; 1 Th 4:10; Ro 10:12. χρείαν ἔχειν εἰς τ. ἑορτήν J 13:29; cp. Mk 8:19f; Gal 2:8; 1 Th 2:9; 5:15 et al.—εἰς is commonly used in speaking of the person for whom a payment etc. is made (Dssm., B 113–15; NB 23 [BS 117f; 194f]) 1 Cor 16:1; 2 Cor 8:4; 9:1, 13; Ro 15:26; Ac 24:17. εἰς λόγον τινός in an account for someth. (POxy 275, 19; 21 [66 A.D.]; 496, 10; 530, 15) Phil 4:15; cp. vs. 17. εἰς Χριστόν Phlm 6 prob. in honor of Christ (Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 7, 4 p. 266 εἰς θεούς; Pla., Lysis 205d ᾂδεις εἰς σαυτὸν ἐγκώμιον; Ps.-Pla., Minos 319c; Athen. 15, 667c; Synes., Ep. 75 p. 222b).
    marker of a specific point of reference, for, to, with respect to, with reference to (Arrian, Anab. 6, 26, 3 τοῦτο τὸ ἔργον εἰς καρτερίαν ἐπαινῶ Ἀλεξάνδρου=I praise this deed with regard to Alexander’s endurance; Ath. 31, 1 οὐδὲν χείρους εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον ‘none the worse in respect to excellence’) εὔθετος εἴς τι fit, suitable for someth. Lk 14:35; also εὔχρηστος 2 Ti 4:11. ἡτοιμασμένος ready for 2:21. εὐκαιρέω εἴς τι Ac 17:21. ἱκανόω Col 1:12. ἰσχύω Mt 5:13. περισσεύω 2 Cor 9:8. συνεργέω Ro 8:28. τοῦτο οὐκ εἰς ταύτας τ. ἡμέρας λέγω I say this not with reference to these days Hs 9, 26, 6.—After the verbs ἀπορέομαι, διακρίνομαι, καυχάομαι, παρρησίαν ἔχω, s. these entries. After the adj. ἄκαρπος, ἀκέραιος, βραδύς, σοφός, συνεργός, ὑπήκοος, φρόνιμος, s. these entries. W. acc. of pers. ἀσθενεῖν εἴς τινα be weak toward someone 2 Cor 13:3. εὐδοκεῖν 2 Pt 1:17. λέγειν εἴς τινα say w. reference to someone (Diod S 11, 50, 4; Just., D. 77, 1 εἰς Χριστὸν … εἰρῆσθαι) Ac 2:25.—On Ro 6:17 s. παραδίδωμι 1b end. δέχομαί τινα εἰς ὄνομά τινος Mt 10:41f; s. ὄνομα 1dγא.
    marker of a guarantee, by ὀμνύναι εἴς τι swear by someth. Mt 5:35 (cp. PGiss 66, 8f [early II A.D.] ἐρωτῶ εἰς τὴν τ. θεῶν εὐσέβειαν; but the sole use of εἰς in a series of datives w. ἐν may reflect bilingualism; for prob. Hb. perspective, s. M’Neile, comm. ad loc).
    distributive marker: w. numbers εἰς is distributive ‘-fold’ (cp. ἐστρίς ‘until three times’ Pind., O. 2, 68; GDI IV p. 884, n62, 36 [IV B.C.]) Mk 4:8 v.l. (otherw. ἐς τετρακοσίους, ἐς ὀγδοήκοντα about 400, about 80: Arrian, Anab. 5, 15, 2; 6, 2, 4; 7, 20, 3).
    The predicate nom. and the predicate acc. are somet. replaced by εἰς w. acc. under Semitic influence, which has strengthened Gk. tendencies in the same direction:
    predicate nom.
    α. w. γίνεσθαι (PFay 119, 34 [100 A.D.] ἵνα μὴ εἰς ψωμίον γένηται; Wsd 14:11; 1 Macc 1:36; 10:70; Jdth 5:10, 18 al.) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:22). ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον Lk 13:19; cp. J 16:20; Ac 5:36; Rv 8:11; 16:19.
    β. w. εἶναι (Bar 2:23; Jdth 5:21, 24; Sir 31:10 et al.) Mt 19:5 (Gen 2:24); Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5; 8:10 (in the last 3 pass. OT expressions are also reproduced). Not fr. the OT: 1J 5:8.
    γ. λογίζεσθαι εἰς (Wsd 2:16; 1 Macc 2:52) Ro 4:3 (Gen 15:6); cp. 2:26; 9:8. λ. εἰς οὐθέν (Is 40:17; Wsd 3:17; cp. 9:6) Ac 19:27.
    predicate acc. (Heliod. 6, 14, 1 τ. πήραν εἰς καθέδραν ποιησαμένη=she used the knapsack as a seat; Vett. Val. 59, 7; 1 Macc 10:54; 11:62; Jdth 5:11 al.; JosAs 13:12 παράθου με αὐτῷ εἰς παιδίσκην) ἐγείρειν τινὰ εἰς βασιλέα Ac 13:22 (cp. 1 Km 13:14). ἀνατρέφεσθαί τινα εἰς υἱόν 7:21 (cp. Ex 2:10). τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν 13:47 (cp. Is 49:6). Cp. Mt 21:46; 1 Cl 42:4.—B-D-F §145; 157, 5; Rdm.2 20f; Mlt. 71f; Mlt-H. 462. Johannessohn, Kasus 4f.
    marker of instrumentality, by, with (Arrian, Anab. 5, 12, 3 ἐς ἀκρίβειαν=with care; Vi. Aesopi I G 7 P. νικᾶν εἰς εὐσέβειαν πάντα ψόγον=overcome all censure with piety) εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων Ac 7:53 (=ἐν διαταγαῖς, B-D-F §206, 1). Sim. ὕπαγε εἰς εἰρήνην (1 Km 1:17) Mk 5:34; Lk 7:50; 8:48 (=ἐν εἰρήνῃ). Mlt-Turner 254f.
    Other uses of εἰς
    at, in the face of μετανοεῖν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα repent at the proclamation Mt 12:41; Lk 11:32; cp. Ro 4:20 and perh. Mt 3:11. JMantey, JBL 70, ’51, 45–48, 309–11 argues for a causal use here because of the proclam., with reff.; against him RMarcus, ibid. 129f; 71, ’52, 43f; JDavis, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 80–88.
    for βαπτίζω εἰς s. βαπτίζω 2c.
    μένειν εἰς remain with (PFay 111, 12 [95/96 A.D.]) so perh. J 6:27.
    in pregnant constructions: σῴζειν εἰς bring safely into 2 Ti 4:18 (cp. X., An. 6, 4, 8; Diod S 2, 48; Cebes 27; SIG 521, 26 [III B.C.], OGI 56, 11; 4 Macc 15:3). διασῴζειν 1 Pt 3:20 (cp. Gen 19:19). μισθοῦσθαι ἐργάτας εἰς τ. ἀμπελῶνα to go into the vineyard Mt 20:1. ἐλευθεροῦσθαι εἰς be freed and come to Ro 8:21. ἀποδιδόναι τινὰ εἰς Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:9 (cp. Gen 37:28). ἔνοχος εἰς τ. γέενναν Mt 5:22; cp. 10:9; Mk 6:8; J 20:7.—DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰς

  • 3 ἵνα

    ἵνα (Hom.+) conjunction, the use of which increased considerably in H. Gk. as compared w. earlier times because it came to be used periphrastically for the inf. and impv. B-D-F §369; 379; 388–94 al.; Mlt. index; Rob. index.
    marker to denote purpose, aim, or goal, in order that, that, final sense
    w. subjunctive, not only after a primary tense, but also (in accordance w. Hellenistic usage) after a secondary tense (B-D-F §369, 1; Rob. 983; Mlt-Turner 100–102; JKnuenz, De enuntiatis Graecorum finalibus 1913, 15ff):
    α. after a present tense Mk 4:21; 7:9; Lk 6:34; 8:16; J 3:15; 5:34; 6:30; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 16:30; Ro 1:11; 3:19; 11:25; 1 Cor 9:12; Gal 6:13; Phil 3:8; Hb 5:1; 6:12; 1J 1:3 and oft.
    β. after a perfect Mt 1:22; 21:4; J 5:23, 36; 6:38; 12:40, 46; 14:29; 16:1, 4; 17:4; 1 Cor 9:22b al.
    γ. after a pres. or aor. impv. Mt 7:1; 14:15; 17:27; 23:26; Mk 11:25; J 4:15; 5:14; 10:38; 1 Cor 7:5; 11:34; 1 Ti 4:15; Tit 3:13. Likew. after the hortatory subj. in the first pers. pl. Mk 1:38; Lk 20:14; J 11:16; Hb 4:16.
    δ. after a fut. Lk 16:4; 18:5; J 5:20; 14:3, 13, 16; 1 Cor 15:28; Phil 1:26.
    ε. after a secondary tense: impf. Mk 3:2; 6:41; 8:6; Lk 6:7; 18:15 al.—Plpf. J 4:8.—Aor. Mt 19:13; Mk 3:14; 11:28; 14:10; Lk 19:4, 15; J 7:32; 12:9; Ro 7:4; 2 Cor 8:9; Hb 2:14; 11:35; 1J 3:5.
    w. fut. ind. (LXX e.g. Sus 28; En 15:5; TestSol 13:7; SIG 888, 87ff; OGI 665, 35; POxy 299; 1071, 5 ἵνα ποιήσουσιν καὶ πέμψουσιν; Gen 16:2 [Swete; ARahlfs, Genesis 1926 v.l.] al.; Just., D. 115, 6), beside which the aor. subj. is usu. found in the mss. (B-D-F §369, 2; Rob. 984; Mlt-Turner 100) ἵνα σταυρώσουσιν Mk 15:20 v.l. ἵνα ἐρεῖ σοι Lk 14:10. ἵνα δώσουσιν 20:10. ἵνα θεωρήσουσιν J 7:3. ἵνα δώσει 17:2 v.l.; Rv 8:3. ἐπισκιάσει Ac 5:15 v.l.; ξυρήσονται 21:24. κερδανῶ 1 Cor 9:21 v.l.; καυθήσομαι 13:3 v.l. καταδουλώσουσιν Gal 2:4. κερδηθήσονται 1 Pt 3:1. ἵνα … δηλώσεις Hv 3, 8, 10. The fut. ind. is also used oft. when ἵνα has no final mng., esp. in Rv: 1 Cor 9:18 (ἵνα as answer, as Epict. 4, 1, 99); Rv 6:4, 11; 9:4, 5, 20; 13:12; 14:13; 22:14. Occasionally the fut. ind. and aor. subj. are found in the same sentence Rv 3:9; cp. also Phil 2:10f v.l. (on this interchange s. Reinhold 106; JVogeser, Zur Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 34f; Knuenz, op. cit. 23ff; 39; Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 7 ἵνα μὴ παρῶ … μηδὲ ἕξουσιν; POxy 1068, 5 ἵνα διαπέμψεται, ἵνα δυνηθῶ …).—On the interchange of pres. subj. and fut. ind. in J 15:8 s. GLee, Biblica 51, ’70, 239f.
    ἵνα is found w. the pres. ind. only in passages where the subj. is also attested in the mss.; its presence is prob. due to corruption of the text (B-D-F §369, 6; Rob. 984f; Mlt-Turner 100f. But see the clear instance in PAnt III, 188, 15: ἵνα μή ἐσμεν, and cp. BGU 1081, 3 ἐχάρην, ἵνα σὲ ἀσπάζομαι; TestNapht 8:2; PassPtPl 60 [Aa I, 170, 8] ἵνα κατευθύνει; AcPtPl 58 [Aa I, 203, 17]; AcPlTh 11 [Aa I, 243, 11 v.l.]). φυσιοῦσθε 1 Cor 4:6 and ζηλοῦτε Gal 4:17 could be subj. (B-D-F §91; Rob. 984). But Gal 6:12 v.l. διώκονται; Tit 2:4 v.l. σωφρονίζουσιν; J 5:20 v.l. θαυμάζετε; 17:3 v.l. γινώσκουσιν; 1J 5:20 v.l. γινώσκομεν; Rv 12:6 v.l. τρέφουσιν; 13:17 v.l. δύναται; ἵνα σύνετε B 6:5 v.l. (in text συνιῆτε; v.l. συνῆτε); ἵνα … ᾂδετε IEph 4:2 (Lghtf. ᾂδητε); μετέχετε ibid. (v.l. μετέχητε). διατάσσομαι ITr 3:3 (v.l. διατάσσωμαι). βλασφημεῖται 8:2 v.l.
    The opt. after ἵνα is not used in our lit. (B-D-F §369, 1; 386, 3; Rob. 983). Mk 12:2 v.l. ἵνα λάβοι (for λάβῃ). Eph 1:17 ἵνα δῴη (v.l. δῷ) is certainly subj., and δώῃ is the correct rdg. (B-D-F §95, 2; Mlt. 196f). Likew. ἵνα παραδοῖ J 13:2.
    after a demonstrative (Epict. 2, 5, 16 ἐν τούτῳ … ἵνα) εἰς τοῦτο for this (purpose, namely) that J 18:37; 1J 3:8; Ro 14:9; 2 Cor 2:9; 1 Pt 3:9; 4:6; B 5:1, 11; 14:5. εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο for this very purpose, that Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. διὰ τοῦτο for this reason … that (Himerius, Or. 14, 3) 2 Cor 13:10; Phlm 15; 1 Ti 1:16; the ἵνα clause can also precede διὰ τοῦτο J 1:31. τούτου χάριν … ἵνα for this reason … that Tit 1:5.
    ἵνα with ‘I should like to say this’ supplied is found also in earlier Gk (Soph. Ph. 989) Mk 2:10 (B-D-F §470, 3. Differently [a virtual impv.] DSharp, ET 38, 1927, 427f). The necessary supplement precedes in ἵνα δείξῃ (he said this), in order to show B 7:5.—Cp. J 15:13.
    marker of objective, that. Very oft. the final mng. is greatly weakened or disappears altogether. In this case the ἵνα-constr. serves as a substitute for an inf. that supplements a verb, or an acc. w. inf. (cp. Od. 3, 327 and a spurious document in Demosth. 18, 155. Later very common, also in ins, pap [Rdm.2 191ff]; LXX).
    after verbs w. the sense
    α. ‘wish, desire, strive’ (PGiss 17, 5 [II A.D.] ἠγωνίασα … ἵνα ἀκούσω; BGU 1081, 3 ἐχάρην, ἵνα σὲ ἀσπάζομαι) θέλειν ἵνα (TestAbr A 19, 101, 9 [Stone p. 50]) Mt 7:12; Mk 9:30; 10:35; Lk 6:31; J 17:24; 1 Cor 14:5. βουλεύεσθαι J 11:53; 12:10. συμβουλεύεσθαι Mt 26:4. συντίθεσθαι J 9:22. ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι joyfully strive after 8:56 (s. ἀγαλλιάω). ζητεῖν 1 Cor 4:2; 14:12; AcPlCor 2:8. ζηλοῦν 14:1. εὔχεσθαι ‘wish’ IPhld 6:3.
    β. ‘take care, be ashamed, be afraid’ φυλάσσεσθαι 2 Pt 3:17. προσέχειν take care that B 16:8. βλέπειν see to it, that 1 Cor 16:10.
    γ. ‘request, demand’: δεῖσθαι request (Dionys. Hal. 4, 12, 1; Lucian, Dom. 9; Jos., Ant. 6, 321; 12, 125 al.) Lk 9:40; 21:36; 22:32; B 12:7; Pol 6:2; Hv 3, 1, 2; Hs 5, 4, 1. ἐρωτᾶν request (s. ἐρωτάω 2) Mk 7:26; Lk 7:36; 16:27; J 4:47; 17:15 al. (JEarwaker, ET 75, ’64, 316f so interprets the third ἵνα in 17:21). παρακαλεῖν request, exhort (EpArist 318; 321, Jos., Ant. 14, 168) Mt 14:36; Mk 5:18; 6:56; 7:32; 8:22; Lk 8:32; 1 Cor 1:10 al. αἰτεῖσθαι Col 1:9 (Just., D. 30, 2 αἰτοῦμεν). προσεύχεσθαι Mt 24:20; 26:41; Mk 14:35; Lk 22:46; 1 Cor 14:13 al. εὔχεσθαι pray (s. εὔχομαι 1 end) Hs 5, 2, 10. εὐχαριστεῖν Eph 1:16f. ἀξιοῦν demand, request (CIG 4892, 13 [III A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 14, 22) Hv 4, 1, 3. καταξιοῦν ISm 11:1; IPol 7:2.
    δ. ‘summon, encourage, order’ (Epict, 4, 11, 29; 1 Esdr 8:19; EpArist 46) ἀπαγγέλλειν Mt 28:10. παραγγέλλειν (CIG 4957, 48 [68 A.D.] restored) Mk 6:8. διαμαρτύρεσθαι 1 Ti 5:21. ἐντέλλεσθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 356) Mk 13:34; J 15:17. κηρύσσειν Mk 6:12. διαστέλλεσθαι Mt 16:20; Mk 5:43; 7:36; 9:9. ἐπιτιμᾶν warn Mt 16:20; 20:31; Mk 8:30; 10:48; Lk 18:39. ἐξορκίζειν Mt 26:63. ὁρκίζειν Hs 9, 10, 5. λέγειν order Mt 4:3; 20:21; Mk 3:9; 9:18; Lk 4:3; 10:40; Hv 2, 2, 6. γράφειν write (Jos., Ant. 11, 7; 127) Mk 9:12; 12:19; Lk 20:28. ἀποστέλλειν Ac 16:36.
    ε. ‘cause, bring about’ πείθειν Mt 27:20. ποιεῖν J 11:37; Col 4:16; cp. Rv 3:9; 13:16. τιθέναι appoint J 15:16. ἀγγαρεύειν Mt 27:32; Mk 15:21.
    ζ. ‘permit, grant’ ἀφιέναι Mk 11:16. On J 12:7 s. CBarrett, The Gospel According to St. John2, ’78, 413–14. διδόναι 10:37; Rv 9:5.
    η. συνευδοκεῖν Hs 5, 2, 8.
    after impers. expr.: ἀρκετόν (ἐστι) it is sufficient Mt 10:25. λυσιτελεῖ (εἰ … ἢ ἵνα) Lk 17:2. συμφέρει Mt 5:29f; 18:6; J 11:50. ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν it is a matter of little consequence to me 1 Cor 4:3. ἔδει B 5:13. πολλὰ λείπει Hv 3, 1, 9.
    after nouns and adjs., esp. when they are parts of fixed expressions:
    α. χρείαν ἔχειν J 2:25; 16:30; 1J 2:27. ἔστιν συνήθεια J 18:39. θέλημά ἐστιν Mt 18:14; J 6:40; 1 Cor 16:12b. βουλὴ ἐγένετο Ac 27:42. ἐντολή (cp. Polyb. 36, 17, 10 νόμος) J 15:12; 11:57; 13:34; Ac 17:15; 2J 6. δέησις Eph 6:19. ἐξουσία Ac 8:19. ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν J 4:34. τίς ἐστιν ὁ μισθός; ἵνα … 1 Cor 9:18.
    β. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανός Mt 8:8; Lk 7:6. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος J 1:27; cp. Hs 9, 28, 5. S. B-D-F §379; Rob. 996.
    after nouns mng. time: χρόνον διδόναι, ἵνα give time Rv 2:21. ἔρχεται ἡ ὥρα the time comes (Aesop, Fab. 242 H. ἡ ἡμέρα, ἵνα=the day on which) J 12:23; 13:1; 16:2, 32. S. B-D-F §382, 1; 393.
    ἵνα can also take the place of the explanatory inf. after a demonstrative (B-D-F §394; Rdm.2 192.—Wsd 13:9; Just., D. 14, 2 τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ σύμβολον τῶν ἀζύμων, ἵνα μὴ …) Mk 11:28. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο ἵνα ἔλθῃ (for τὸ ἐλθεῖν τὴν κτλ.) Lk 1:43 (cp. GJs 12:2). τοῦτο προσεύχομαι ἵνα Phil 1:9. cp. 1 Cor 9:18. This is a favorite usage in J: τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ ἵνα πιστεύητε (for τὸ πιστεύειν ὑμᾶς) 6:29; cp. vs. 50. μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει ἵνα … θῇ (for τοῦ θεῖναι) 15:13; cp. 3J 4.—J 6:39; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 4:21; 5:3; 2J 6a. ἐν τούτῳ: ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ πατήρ μου ἵνα … φέρητε (for ἐν τῷ φέρειν ὑμᾶς ἐδοξάσθη) J 15:8; cp. 1J 4:17.—S. also Hs 9, 28, 4, and ποταπὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα 1J 3:1.
    ἵνα is used elliptically ἀλλʼ ἵνα but this has happened that, where the verb to be supplied must be inferred fr. the context (Epict. 1, 12, 17): ἀλλʼ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ (sc. ἦλθεν) J 1:8. ἀλλʼ (ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον) ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν but it was hidden that it might be revealed Mk 4:22 (but cp. CCadoux, JTS 42, ’41, 169 n. 3). ἀλλʼ (κρατεῖτέ με) ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν but you are holding me (prisoner), that 14:49. ἀλλʼ (ἐγένετο τυφλὸς) ἵνα φανερωθῇ J 9:3. ἀλλʼ (ἀποθνῄσκει) ἵνα … συναγάγῃ 11:52.—13:18; Hv 3, 8, 10 (cp. 1b above).
    ἵνα w. subjunctive as a periphrasis for the impv. (B-D-F §387, 3; Mlt. 178; 210f; 248; Rob. 994; Mlt-Turner 94f; FSlotty, D. Gebr. des Konj. u. Opt. in d. griech. Dialekten I 1915, 35; CCadoux, The Impv. Use of ἵνα in the NT: JTS 42, ’41, 165–73; in reply HMeecham, JTS 43, ’42, 179f, also ET 52, ’40/41, 437; AGeorge, JTS 45, ’44, 56–60. Goodsp., Probs. 57f.—Soph., Oed. Col. 155; Epict. 4, 1, 41, Enchir. 17; PTebt 408, 17 [3 A.D.]; BGU 1079, 20; PFay 112, 12; POxy 299, 5 ἵνʼ εἰδῇς ‘know’; PGM 4, 2135; Tob 8:12 BA; 2 Macc 1:9. ἵνα πρὶν τούτων ἴδητε τὴν ἀπώλειαν τῶν υἱῶν ‘before these events, you shall behold the destruction of your sons’ En 14:6. κύριε, ἵνα γινώσκῃ τὸ σὸν κράτος ὅτι ‘Lord, may you in your majesty know, that …’ TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 35f [Stone pp. 8 and 10]). ἵνα ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ please lay your hands on her Mk 5:23. ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἵνα φοβῆται τ. ἄνδρα the wife is to respect her husband Eph 5:33. Cp. Mt 20:33; Mk 10:51; 1 Cor 7:29; 16:16; 2 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:10. ἵνα ἀναπαήσονται let them rest Rv 14:13. W. θέλω: θέλω ἵνα δῷς Mk 6:25 (=δός Mt 14:8.).—On Mk 2:10 s. 1f above.
    ἵνα without a finite verb, which can be supplied fr. the context (Epict. 3, 23, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄνθρωπος, i.e. ἐργάζῃ) ἵνα ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν περιτομήν (i.e. εὐαγγελιζώμεθα and εὐαγγελίζωνται) Gal 2:9. ἵνα κατὰ χάριν (γένηται) Ro 4:16. ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις (γένηται) 2 Cor 8:13. ἵνα (γένηται) καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Cor 1:31 (B-D-F §481; Rob. 1202f).
    marker serving as substitute for the inf. of result, so that (‘ecbatic’ or consecutive use of ἵνα: B-D-F §391, 5; Mlt. 206–9; Rob. 997–99 and in SCase, Studies in Early Christianity [Porter-Bacon Festschr.] 1928, 51–57; EBlakeney, ET 53, ’41/42, 377f, indicating that the result is considered probable, but not actual. But this distinction is not always strictly observed. Cp. Epict. 1, 24, 3; 25, 15; 27, 8 al.; 2, 2, 16 οὕτω μωρὸς ἦν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδῃ; Vett. Val. 185, 31; 186, 17; 292, 20; Jos., Bell. 6, 107; Just., D. 112, 5; PLond III, 964, 13 p. 212 [II/III A.D.]. Many exx. in AJannaris, An Historical Greek Grammar 1897 §1758 and 1951) ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἵνα μὴ αἴσθωνται αὐτό it was concealed from them, so that they might not comprehend it Lk 9:45. τίς ἥμαρτεν, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ; Who sinned, so that he was born blind? J 9:2. Cp. 2 Cor 1:17; Gal 5:17; 1 Th 5:4; 1J 1:9; Rv 9:20; 13:13; Hs 7:2; 9, 1, 10.—In many cases purpose and result cannot be clearly differentiated, and hence ἵνα is used for the result that follows according to the purpose of the subj. or of God. As in Semitic and Gr-Rom. thought, purpose and result are identical in declarations of the divine will (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 16, 10 the rule of the Persian king is being overthrown by the deity ἵνα Δαρεῖος … φυγὰς γενόμενος κτλ. Here ἵνα means both ‘in order that’ and ‘so that’): Lk 11:50; J 4:36; 12:40; 19:28; Ro 3:19; 5:20; 7:13; 8:17; 11:31f al. (ESutcliffe, Effect or Purpose, Biblica 35, ’54, 320–27). The formula ἵνα πληρωθῇ is so to be understood, since the fulfillment is acc. to God’s plan of salvation: Mt 1:22; 2:15; 4:14; 12:17; 21:4; 26:56; J 12:38; 17:12; 19:24, 36.—The ἵνα of Mk 4:12=Lk 8:10, so much in dispute, is prob. to be taken as final (w. AvVeldhuizen, NTS 8, 1925, 129–33; 10, 1927, 42–44; HWindisch, ZNW 26, 1927, 203–9; JGnilka, Die Verstockung Israels ’61, 45–48; B-D-F §369, 2 [here, and B-D-R p. 386f n. 2, the lit. on ‘causal’ ἵνα, which is allowed at least for Rv 22:14 and perh. 14:13, where P47 has ὅτι; see 2g]. S. also FLaCava, Scuola Cattol. 65, ’37, 301–4; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 211–16; ISluiter, Causal ἵνα, Sound Greek: Glotta 70, ’92, 39–53. On J 12:7 s. τηρέω 2a).
    marker of retroactive emphasis, that. At times, contrary to regular usage, ἵνα is placed elsewhere than at the beginning of its clause, in order to emphasize the words that come before it (B-D-F §475, 1; cp. the position of ὅτι Gal 1:11): τὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα γνῶτε 2 Cor 2:4. εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετʼ αὐτὸν ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν Ac 19:4. τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει ἵνα Ro 11:31. Cp. J 13:29; 1 Cor 7:29; Gal 2:10; Col 4:16b.—EStauffer, Ἵνα u. d. Problem d. teleol. Denkens b. Pls: StKr 102, 1930, 232–57; JGreenlee, ἵνα Substantive Clauses in the NT: Asbury Seminarian 2, ’47, 154–63; HRiesenfeld, Zu d. johanneischen ἵνα-Sätzen, StTh 19, ’65, 213–20; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 76–81.—Frisk. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἵνα

  • 4 δεύτερος

    δεύτερος, α, ον,
    A second, (perh. from δύο with [comp] Comp. termination):
    I next in Order (with a notion of Time), in Il. (not in Od.) of one who comes in second in a race, 23.265;

    δ. ἐλθεῖν 22.207

    ;

    δ. αὖτ'.. προΐει.. ἔγχος

    next,

    20.273

    , etc.; οὔ μ' ἔτι δ. ὧδε ἵξετ' ἄχος no second grief, i.e. none hereafter like this, 23.46; as [comp] Comp., c. gen., ἐμεῖο δεύτεροι after my time, ib. 248; σοὶ δ' οὐκέτι δ. ἔσται no second choice will be allowed thee, Hes.Op.34; in [dialect] Att. and Trag. with Art.,

    ὁ δ. S.OC 1315

    , etc.; αἱ δ. πως φροντίδες σοφώτεραι second thoughts are wisest, E.Hipp. 436: prov., δ. πλοῦς the next best way, Pl.Phd. 99d, etc.;

    ὁ δ. πλοῦς ἐστι δήπου λεγόμενος, ἂν ἀποτύχῃ τις οὐρίου, κώπαισι πλεῖν Men.241

    .
    2 of Time, next, later, δ. χρόνῳ in after time, Pi.O.1.43; δ. ἡμέρῃ on the next day, Hdt.1.82; δ. ἔτεϊ τούτων in the year after this, Id.6.46: neut. as Adv., δεύτερον αὖ, αὖτε, αὖτις, a second time, Il.3.332, 191, Od.9.354;

    ἐν τᾷ δ. ἐκκλησίᾳ SIG644.20

    : with the Art.,

    τὸ δ. Sapph.Supp.4.11

    , Hdt.1.79, A.Ag. 1082, X.Cyr.2.2.1: also pl., Hdt.3.53, 9.3; τὰ δ. κινδυνεύσοντας about to run the next dangers, Th.6.78; later, ἐκ δευτέρου for the second time, Ev.Marc.14.72, Dsc.5.87.10;

    ἐκ δευτέρης Babr. 114.5

    , cf. PStrassb.100.22 (ii B. C.): regul. Adv.

    δευτέρως Pl.Lg. 955e

    , Sallust.18, etc.
    b ὁ δ. the younger, BGU592.10 (ii A. D.).
    II in Order or Rank (without any notion of Time), second,

    δ.μετ' ἐκεῖνον Hdt.1.31

    , cf. S.Ph. 1442, etc.;

    πολὺ δ. Id.OC 1228

    (lyr.); πολὺ δ. μετά τι very much behind, Th.2.97;

    μετὰ τὸ πλουτεῖν δ. Antiph.144.9

    : c. gen., δ. οὐδενός second to none, Hdt.1.23, Plb.31.27.16;

    δ. παιδὸς σῆς E.Tr. 618

    ;

    πάντα τἄλλα δεύτερ' ἦν τῶν προσδοκιῶν D.19.24

    ;

    πρὸς τὰ χρήματα θνητοῖσι τἄλλα δεύτερ' S.Fr.354.5

    ;

    τὰ ἄλλα πάντα δ. τε καὶ ὕστερα λεκτέον Pl.Phlb. 59c

    ; logically or metaphysically posterior,

    πᾶν πλῆθος δ. ἐστι τοῦ ἑνός Procl.Inst.5

    , cf. 36, Dam.Pr. 126, al.; δεύτερ' ἡγεῖσθαι think quite secondary, S.OC 351; δεύτερον ἄγειν, δεύτερα ποιεῖσθαι, Luc.Symp.9, Plu.2.162e;

    ἐν δευτέρῳ τίθεσθαι Id.Fab.24

    , cf. Jul.Or.8.242b; ἱερὸν δ. of the second class, OGI56.59 (iii B. C.), etc.
    2 the second of two, δ. αὐτή herself with another, Hdt.4.113, cf. AB89; ἑπτὰ δ. σοφοί a second seven sages, Euphro 1.12; εἷς καὶ δ. unus et alter, Hdn.Gr.2.934;

    εἷς ἢ δ. Jul.Or.6.190d

    ;

    ἕν τι.. ἢ δεύτερον D.Chr.33.7

    ; δ. καὶ τρίτος two or three, Plb.26.1.1.; neut. as Adv., ἅπαξ καὶ δεύτερον once or twice, Jul. ad Ath.278c.
    3 δ. ἀριθμός number whose prime factors are odd, Nicom.Ar.1.12.
    III as Subst., τὰ δ., = δευτερεῖα, the second prize or place, Il.23.538;

    τὰ δ. φέρεσθαι Hdt.8.104

    .
    2 after-birth, Dsc.1.48,50.
    3 δευτέρα σαββάτου (sc. ἡμέρα) second day of the week, LXXPs. 47(48) tit.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > δεύτερος

  • 5 πρότερος

    πρότερος and [full] πρῶτος, [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup. formed from πρό, opp. ὕστερος, ὕστατος.
    A [comp] Comp. [full] πρότερος, α, ον,
    I of Place, before, in front, π. πόδες the fore-feet, Od.19.228; π. ἵπποι horses in front, B.5.43:— but mostly,
    II of Time, former, earlier,

    ἄνδρες Il.21.405

    ;

    ἄνθρωποι 5.637

    , 23.332; οἱ π. men of former times, 4.308 (rarely without Art., A.Ag. 1338 (anap.), etc.);

    οὗτος δὲ προτέρης γενεῆς π. τ' ἀνθρώπων Il.23.790

    : also, older, opp. ὁπλότερος, 2.707, etc.; γενεῇ π. 15.182; but παῖδες π. children by the first or a former marriage, Od.15.22;

    παῖδες ἐκ τῆς π. γυναικός Hdt.7.2

    ; τῇ προτέρῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ) on the day before, Od.16.50; ἠοῖ τῇ π. Il.13.794 (in Prose more freq. τῇ προτεραίᾳ, cf. προτεραῖος); τοῦ π. ἐνιαυτοῦ the year before, IG12.352.11; τοῖς π. Παναθηναίοις the preceding P., ib.57.8; τὰ π. what has preceded, Plot.3.2.8:—freq. used predicatively, sts. where we should expect the Adv. (which is never used by Hom.),

    ὅ με π. κάκ' ἔοργε Il.

    3.351, cf. 16.569, Hes.Op. 708, etc.;

    σπονδὰς οὐ λύσετε πρότεροι Th.1.123

    ; οἱ π. ἐπιόντες ibid.;

    τοῖς π. μετὰ Κύρου ἀναβᾶσι X.An.1.4.12

    , cf. IG22.1.7;

    εἰ μὴ π. ἑωράκη αὐτὸν ἢ ἐκεῖνος ἐμέ Pl.R. 336d

    , cf. 432c, etc.;

    ὅτι εἴη π. ὑπὸ ἐκείνων ἠδικημένος

    PCair.Zēn.

    288.9

    (iii B.C.).
    2 as regular [comp] Comp., c. gen.,

    ἐμέο πρότερος Il.10.124

    ;

    π. τούτων Hdt.1.168

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 86b, Hp.Ma. 282d;

    τὰς γυναῖκας μὴ ἀπιέναι προτέρας τῶν ἀνδρῶν IG12(5).593.19

    (Iulis, v B.C.); τῇ π. ἡμέρᾳ τῆς τροπῆς the day before.., Arist.Pol. 1316a16;

    προτέρᾳ εἰδυῶν Ὀκτωμβρίων IG7.2225.14

    (Thisbe, Senatus Consultum, ii B.C.); τῷ π. ἔτει Παναθηναίων τῶν μεγάλων ib.22.212.27;

    τῷ π. ἔτει τῆς ἥττης Plb.2.43.6

    : folld. by ἤ, τῷ προτέρῳ ἔτεϊ ἢ τὸν κρητῆρα [ἐληΐσαντο] Hdt.3.47.
    III of Rank, Worth, and generally of Precedence, superior, τῷ γένει, τῇ δυνάμει, Is.1.17, D.3.15; π. τινὸς πρός τι superior to him in.., Pl.La. 183b; π. τι ἄγειν, π. ποιήσασθαι τὰ σὰ πράγματα, Lib.Or.58.36,52.1.
    IV after Hom., neut. πρότερον freq. as Adv., before, earlier, Pi.O.13.31, Hdt.4.45, IG12.374.265, etc.; ὀλίγον π. Pl.Prt. 317e: c. gen.,

    π. φήμης A.Th. 866

    (anap.);

    ὀλίγῳ τι π. τούτων Hdt.8.95

    ; πολλοῖσι ἔτεσι π. τούτων ib.96;

    ἐνιαυτῷ π. τῆς ἁλώσεως D.9.60

    ; also πρὸ τῶν Περσικῶν δέκα ἔτεσι π. Pl.Lg. 642d, cf. Criti. 112a; τούτου π. Paus.1.1.2: most freq. folld. by

    ἤ, π. ἢ κατὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν Pl.Sph. 264b

    ; also

    μὴ π. ἀπαναστῆναι ἢ ἐξέλωσι Hdt.9.87

    , cf. 7.54, Antipho 2.1.2, Th.7.63, etc.: with inf.,

    π. ἢ βασιλεῦσαι Hdt.7.2

    , cf. Th.1.69, etc.: folld. by πρίν, Hdt.1.82; by πρὶν ἄν, ib. 140; by πρὶν ἤ with vb. in Indic., Id.6.45, 8.8, or Subj., 7.8.β (v.l. πρὶν ἂν ἢ), 9.93; also

    οὐ π. εἰ μὴ.. Plu.Lys.10

    , etc.; οὐ π. ἕως.. , or ἕως ἂν.., Lys.12.71, Ath.14.640c;

    μὴ π., ἀλλ' ὅταν.. Plb.9.13.3

    : also used with the Art., τὸ π. Pl.R. 522a, X.An.4.4.14, etc. ( τὸ π., also, for the first time, Ep. Gal.4.13): c. gen.,

    τὸ π. τῶν ἀνδρῶν τούτων Hdt.2.144

    : the Adv. is freq. put between Art. and Subst.,

    ὁ π. βασιλεύς Id.1.84

    ;

    τὰ π. ἀδικήματα Id.6.87

    ;

    αἱ π. ἁμαρτίαι Ar.Eq. 1355

    , etc.
    B [comp] Sup. [full] πρῶτος, η, ον, [dialect] Dor. [full] πρᾶτος (q.v.):
    I as Adj.,
    1 of Place, foremost,

    πρώτοισιν ἐνὶ προμάχοισι μιγέντα Od.18.379

    ; ἐν πρώτοις, μετὰ πρώτοισι alone, Il.19.424, 11.64; πρώτῃ ἐν ὑσμίνῃ, ἐνὶ πρώτῳ ὁμάδῳ, 15.340, 17.380; τῆς πρώτης τάττειν (sc. τάξεως) Isoc. 12.180, cf. Lys.16.15, etc.; ἐν π. ῥυμῷ at the front or end of the pole, Il.6.40, 16.371; πρώτῃσι θύρῃσιν at the outermost doors, 22.66; π. ξύλον the front bench, Ar.Ach.25, Poll.4.121, etc.; οἱ π. πόδες, like πρόσθιοι, Id.1.193.
    2 of Time, στάντα πρὸς π. ἕω looking towards first dawn, S.OC 477;

    περὶ π. νύκτα Poll.1.70

    .
    3 of Order, serving as ordinal to εἷς, ἄεθλα θῆκε.. τῷ πρώτῳ· ἀτὰρ αὖ τῷ δευτέρῳ.., αὐτὰρ τῷ τριτάτῳ.., κτλ., Il.23.265, cf. 6.179; opp. ὕστατος, 2.281, 5.703, etc.; opp. τελευταῖος, A.Ag. 314; opp. τανύστατος, Od. 9.449;

    πρῶτοι πάντων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.2.2

    ;

    τὰ π. τῶν ὀνομάτων Pl.Cra. 421d

    ;

    τῇ π. τῶν ἡμερέων Hdt.7.168

    , etc.;

    π. ἄξων IG12.115.10

    ; ἐπὶ τοῦ π. [ἱερείου] first-offered, X.An.4.3.9; ἐν τοῖς π. λόγοις in the earlier books, Arist.Ph. 263a11, al.; ἐν πρώτοις among the first, Is.7.40; hence, above all, especially, Hdt.8.69, Pl.R. 522c; in [dialect] Att., ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι (v. ,

    , τό A.

    VIII. 6):—freq. used predicatively of being the first to do something,

    Νέστωρ πρῶτος κτύπον ἄϊε Il.10.532

    ;

    πρῶτος ἀνατέλλει Eratosth.Cal.42

    ;

    εἴθε π. σοι ἐνέτυχον Luc.Tyr.21

    .
    b Philos., first in order of existence, primary,

    αἱ π. οὐσίαι Arist.Cat. 2b26

    , cf. Metaph. 1032b2; π. ὕλη, π. φιλοσοφία, ib. 1015a7, 1061b19; primitive, simple, οἰκία π., ἡ π. πόλις, Id.Pol. 1252b10, 1291a17; ἡ π. κοινωνία ib. 1257a19; ἡ π. ὀλιγαρχία ib. 1293a14; ὁ π. συλλογισμός normal, typical, Id.Rh. 1357a17; τὰ π. σώματα, μόρια,= τὰ ὁμοιομερῆ, Gal.5.673,674; πρῶτα κατὰ φύσιν, e.g. health, perception, Stoic.3.34; τὰ π. πάθη ib.92; αἱ π. ἀρεταί ib.64.
    c Math., πρῶτοι ἀριθμοί prime numbers, Euc.7 Def.11,12; but also, first numbers (= 1 to 100,000,000) in the notation of Archim., Aren.3.2.
    d πρῶτος is sts. used where we should expect

    πρότερος, Αἰνείας δὲ πρῶτος ἀκόντισεν Il.13.502

    , cf. 18.92: in late Greek folld. by gen.,

    πρῶτός μου ἦν Ev.Jo.1.15

    ,30, cf. 15.18;

    οἱ πρῶτοί μου ταῦτα ἀνιχνεύσαντες Ael.NA 8.12

    ;

    πρώτη εὕρηται ἡ περὶ τοὺς πόδας κίνησις τῆς διὰ τῶν χειρῶν Ath. 14.630c

    ;

    γεννήτορα πρῶτον μητέρος εἰς ἀΐδην πέμψει Man.1.329

    , 4.404; ἀλόχου πρῶτος before his wife, IG12(5).590.5 (vi (?) A.D.).
    4 of Rank or Dignity, μετὰ πρώτοισιν among the first men of the state, Od.6.60, etc.;

    νομίσαντες πρῶτοι ἂν εἶναι Th.6.28

    ; διαβάλλειν τοὺς π. X.An.2.6.26, cf. Arist.Pol. 1266a18;

    αἱ π. πόλεις Th. 2.8

    ;

    ὁ π. ἄρχων IG12(3).481.10

    ([place name] Thera), CIG 2837 ([place name] Aphrodisias); ὁ π. τῆς πόλεως, as a title, IG12(5).292.2 ([place name] Paros);

    ὁ π. τῆς νήσου Act.Ap.28.7

    ; τῶν π. φίλων, title at the Ptolemaic court, PTeb.31.15 (ii B.C.), etc.; τῶν π., as military title, PHib.1.110.72 (iii B.C.), PPetr.3p.23 (iii B.C.), PTeb. 815 Fr.4.23,al.(iii B.C.): c. gen.,

    ἐν πρώτοισι Μυκηναίων Il.15.643

    ;

    οἱ π. στρατοῦ S.Ph. 1305

    , cf. E.Hec. 304, etc.: c. dat. modi, ἀρετῇ π., οἱ π. καὶ χρήμασι καὶ γένει, πλούτῳ π. τῶν Ἑλλήνων, etc., S.Ph. 1425, Th.3.65, Isoc.16.31, etc.;

    π. ἐν συμφοραῖς βίου S.OT33

    .
    5 of Degree, first, highest,

    μοῖρα Id.OC 145

    (anap.), etc.
    II as Subst. in neut. pl. πρῶτα, τά,
    1 (sc. ἆθλα), first prize,

    τὰ π. λαβών Il.23.275

    ;

    τὰ π. δόρει κρατύνων S.OC 1313

    ;

    ἔχειν πρῶτα κυναγεσίας AP6.118

    (Antip.);

    τὰ π. φέρεσθαι D.C.42.57

    , etc.
    2 first part, beginning, τῆς Ἰλιάδος τὰ π. Pl.R. 392e; ἐν τοῖς π. Id.Smp. 221d;

    τὸ π. τοῦ ᾄσματος Id.Prt. 343c

    .
    3 first, highest, in degree, τὰ π. τᾶς λιμῶ ([dialect] Dor. ) the extremities of famine, Ar.Ach. 743 (nisi leg. ἄπρατα)

    ; ἐχέτωσαν τὰ π. τῆς εὐδαιμονίας Luc.Cont.10

    ;

    ἐς τὰ π. τιμᾶσθαι Th.3.39

    , cf. 56; φρενῶν ἐς τὰ ἐμεωυτοῦ π. οὔκω ἀνήκω I have not yet come to the highest development of my judgment, Hdt.7.13, cf. D.C.38.22; of persons, ἐὼν τῶν Ἐρετριέων τὰ π. Hdt. 6.100; Λάμπων.. Αἰγινητέων < ἐὼν> τὰ π. Id.9.78, cf. E.Med. 917; ἐστὶν τὰ π. τῆς ἐκεῖ μοχθηρίας (of a person) Ar.Ra. 421.
    4 Philos., primary things, elements, Emp.38.1, Arist.GC 335a29;

    τὰ π. αἴτια Id.Mete. 338a20

    ; also

    τὸ π. ἐνυπάρχον ἑκάστῳ Id.Ph. 193a10

    .
    5 in Logic, the first undemonstrable propositions, on which all future conclusions rest, Id.Top. 100b18;

    τὰ π. ἀναπόδεικτα Id.APo. 71b26

    .
    III in Adverbial phrases,
    1 τὴν πρώτην (sc. ὥραν, ὁδόν) first, for the present, just now, Hdt.3.134, Ar. Th. 662, D.3.2, Arist.Metaph. 1038a35, etc.;

    τὴν πρώτην εἶναι Hdt.1.153

    .
    2 with Preps., ἀπὸ πρώτης (sc. ἀρχῆς) Antipho 5.56, Th.1.77;

    ἀπὸ τῆς π. εὐθύς Luc.Hist.Conscr.1

    ; ἐκ π. Babr.45.14;

    κατὰ πρώτας Pl.Plt. 292b

    , D.C.52.19;

    κατὰ τὴν π. εὐθύς Id.62.3

    ; παρὰ τὴν π. the first time, opp. ἐπὶ τῆς δευτέρας, Philostr.VA 1.22.
    3 freq. as Adv. in neut. sg. and pl., πρῶτον, πρῶτα,
    a first, in the first place, πρῶτόν τε καὶ ὕστατον (vulg. ὕστερον) Hes.Th. 34;

    π. μὲν.., δεύτερον αὖ.., τὸ τρίτον αὖ.. Il.6.179

    ; τί π. τοι ἔπειτα, τί δ' ὑστάτιον καταλέξω; Od.9.14;

    Κύπριδα μὲν πρῶτα.., αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ'.. Il.5.458

    ;

    οὐρῆας μὲν π. ἐπῴχετο.., αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα.. 1.50

    ;

    π. μὲν.., ἔπειτα δὲ.. S.OC 632

    , X.Cyr.2.1.2,23, An.5.6.7-8, Hier.11.8, etc.;

    π. μὲν.., ἔπειτα.. Pl.Phd. 89a

    , etc.;

    π. μὲν.., ἔπειτα δεύτερον.., τρίτον δὲ.. Aeschin.1.7

    ;

    π. μὲν.., εἶτα.. Pl.Phlb. 15b

    ;

    π. μὲν.., εἶτα δὲ.. X. An.1.2.16

    ;

    π. μὲν.., εἶτα.., ἔτι δὲ.. Id.Mem.1.2.1

    ;

    π. μὲν..,.. δὲ αὖ.. Pl.Lg. 935a

    ;

    π. μὲν.., ἔτι δὲ.. Lys.4.10

    , etc.;

    π. μὲν.., ἔτι τοίνυν.. D.44.57

    ; freq. answered only by δέ, Id.9.48, etc.; sts. the answering clause must be supplied, A.Ag. 810, D.7.7, etc.: also

    πρῶτον μὲν.. δεύτερον μήν.. Pl.Phlb. 66a

    : also

    πρῶτα μὲν.., ἔπειτα.. S.Tr. 616

    , Ar.Pl. 728;

    πρῶτα μὲν.., ἔπειτα.., εἶτα.. E.Med. 548

    ;

    πρῶτα μὲν..,.. δὲ.. A.Pr. 447

    ; πρῶτα μὲν.., ἔπειτα δὲ.. X HG7.1.7, cf. S. Ph. 919; ἐπεί σε πρῶτα κιχάνω since my first meeting is with you, Od. 13.228, cf. 7.53, Il.8.274: also τὸ πρῶτον, first, in the first place, at the beginning,

    ὡς τὸ π. ὑπέστην καὶ κατένευσα 4.267

    ;

    οὕνεκά σ' οὐ τὸ π., ἐπεὶ ἴδον, ὧδ' ἀγάπησα Od.23.214

    . cf. Il.3.443, 6.345, Pi.P.9.41, N.3.49; τὸ μὲν οὖν π. Pl.Prt. 333d, etc.; τὸ π..., μετὰ ταῦτα..
    D 1.12: also τὰ π., Il.1.6, Od.1.257, etc.;

    πόντῳ μὲν τὰ π..., αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα.. Il.4.424

    ;

    τὰ π. μὲν.., ὡς δὲ.. A.Pers. 412

    ;

    τὰ π..., τέλος δὲ.. S.Fr.149.5

    , cf. 966.
    c = πρότερον, before,

    ἢν.. πρῶτον ἀπόλωμαι κακῶς Ar.Ec. 1079

    ;

    π. οὐδ' ὑφ' ἑνὸς.. κρατηθέντες X.HG5.4.1

    ; θάλασσα π. ἦν ἢ γενέσθαι γῆν v.l. in Heraclit.31;

    λόγῳ π. ἢ τοῖς ἔργοις Arist.Rh.Al. 1420b28

    ;

    οὐ π. αὐτὴν ἀπέκτειναν πρὶν ἢ ἀπεκύησεν Ael.VH5.18

    ;

    π. συμμελετᾶν ἢ μελετᾶν μαθέτω AP12.206

    (Strat.).
    d first, for the first time,

    οὐ.. νῦν πρῶτα ποδώκεος ἄντ' Ἀχιλῆος στήσομαι Il.20.89

    ;

    οὐ νῦν πρῶτον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάλαι S.Ph. 966

    ;

    ἐνταῦθα πρῶτον ἔφαγον X.An.2.3.16

    .
    e πρῶτον, πρῶτα are used after the relat. Pron. and after relat.Advbs., like Engl. once (= at all),

    οὐδ' ἐνοσίχθων λήθετ' ἀπειλάων, τὰς.. Ὀδυσῆϊ π. ἐπηπείλησε Od.13.127

    , cf. 3.320, 10.328, 13.133, Il. 1.319, 19.136; μοῖραν δ' οὔ τινά φημι πεφυγμένον ἔμμεναι ἀνδρῶν.. ἐπὴν τὰ π. γένηται when once he is born, 6.489, cf. Od.3.183, 4.13, 414;

    οὔτε.. Λυκίους ἐδύναντο τείχεος ἂψ ὤσασθαι, ἐπεὶ τὰ π. πέλασθεν Il.12.420

    , cf. Od.11.106, 221; also ἐπεὶ τὸ (or τὰ) π. now that.., ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ οὖν τὸ π. ἀνέκραγον, οὐκ ἐπικεύσω now that I have spoken up, 14.467;

    τὸ μὲν οὔ ποτε φύλλα καὶ ὄζους φύσει, ἐπεὶ δὴ πρῶτα τομὴν ἐν ὄρεσσι λέλοιπε Il.1.235

    , cf. 276, 19.9: c. part., τῷ ῥ' Αἴας τὸ π. ἐφεζόμενος μέγ' ἀάσθη (the rock) on which once seated
    A blasphemed, Od.4.509: the sense as soon as is never necessary in Hom., but is possible in Od.4.414, 19.355; δινέμεν εὖτ' ἂν πρῶτα φανῇ σθένος Ὠαρίωνος when once (or perh., as soon as), Hes.Op. 598; ὅπως τις πρῶτα γένοιτο πάντας ἀποκρύπτεσκε as soon as each was born, Id.Th. 156; ὡς τὸ π. X.An.7.8.14;

    τότ' εὐθὺς.., ὅτε πρῶτον εἶδον D.18.141

    ; αὖθίς με ἀνερέσθαι ὅταν ἐντύχῃς πρῶτον the first time you meet me, Pl.Ly. 211b;

    ἐὰν μάθω γε πρῶτον.. τί λέγεις Id.R. 338c

    .
    IV Adv. πρώτως primarily, first in Arist.,

    π. καὶ κυρίως EN 1157a30

    ; opp. δευτέρως, ib. 1158b31; π. καθ' αὑτό, opp. κατὰ συμβεβηκός, Id.Ph. 192b22, cf. Gal.1.692, al., Jul.Or.5.168b.
    2 ὅτε π. ἐπεδήμησεν.. when he first visited.., BSA27.228 (Sparta, ii A.D.).—(From πρῶτος was formed a new [comp] Sup. πρώτιστος, q.v.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρότερος

  • 6 ῥυθμίζω

    A bring into a measure of time or proportion,

    περιόδους Plu. 2.350e

    ; repeat a verse in proper time or rhythm, i.e. scan it, D.H.Comp. 18:—[voice] Pass., ἐν δυσὶ τετραχόρδοις ῥ. τὰ μέρη (sc. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ) Arist. Fr.47;

    λιθοῦται καὶ -ίζεται Philostr.VA3.57

    .
    II generally, order, arrange, compose, Arist.Metaph. 1075b12, Spir. 485b2:—[voice] Pass., Id.Ph. 245b9.
    2 of persons, educate, train,

    τὰ παιδικά Pl.Phdr. 253b

    , cf. X.Cyr.8.8.20;

    τὰν ψυχάν Ti.Locr.103d

    ;

    τὸ πρόσωπον Luc.Merc.Cond.30

    ;

    τὰς γνώμας Id.Anach.22

    ; [δένδρα] ῥ. ὥστε πρὸς μεσημβρίαν βλέπειν train them, Thphr.CP3.7.9; ῥ. τινάς bring them to order, correct them, GDI5075.35 ([place name] Crete);

    ῥ. καὶ διδάσκει τινὰς κινεῖσθαι κινήσεις Stoic.2.28

    ; ῥ. λύπην ὅπου define the place of grief (referring to the line before), S.Ant. 318:—[voice] Med.,

    πλόκαμον μίτραισι E. Hec. 924

    (lyr.): metaph., πρός τι prepare oneself for.., Hld.10.10:— [voice] Pass., νηλεῶς ὧδ' ἐρρύθμισμαι thus ruthlessly am I brought to order, A. Pr. 243; ὄρνιθες ἐρρυθμισμένοι τὴν γλῶτταν taught to speak, Philostr. VA1.7.
    3 shape by massage, Sor.1.83, Ruf. ap. Orib.inc.20.6. -ικός, ή, όν, set to time, rhythmical,

    κίνησις Pl.Plt. 307a

    , etc.: of a man, Plu.2.1014c.
    2 of or for rhythm, ποικιλία ib.1138b, cf. 1144d; ἡ ῥ. λέξις, opp. ἡ πεζή, D.H.Comp.11; ῥυθμικοί, οἱ, rhythmicians, ib.17: ἡ -κή, opp. ἡ μετρική, Aristox.Harm.p.32M.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ῥυθμίζω

  • 7 πρός

    πρός prep. expressing direction ‘on the side of’, ‘in the direction of’: w. gen. ‘from’, dat. ‘at’, or acc. (the most freq. usage in our lit.) ‘to’ (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά. beg.) (Hom.+).
    w. gen. (pseudepigr. only TestSol 10:4 C; apolog. exc. Ar.) marker of direction or aspect from which someth. is determined, to the advantage of, advantageous for (Thu. 3, 59, 1 οὐ πρὸς τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης τάδε; Hdt. 1, 75; Dionys. Hal. 10, 30, 5; Diod S 18, 50, 5; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 20, 3; Mel., HE 4, 26, 8; Ath. 36, 1; B-D-F §240; Rob. 623f) οἱ πρ. ζωῆς μαζοί the life-giving breasts 1 Cl 20:10. πρ. τῆς σωτηρίας in the interest of safety Ac 27:34 (πρὸς τῆς ς. as Jos., Ant. 16, 313).
    w. dat. (pesudepigr. only TestSol 6:4 D; TestAbr [s. below]; JosAs 19:1.—Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7; Ath., R. 22 p. 75, 10) marker of closeness of relation or proximity
    of place near, at, by (Hom. et al. incl. Aristarch. Samos 398, 20; LXX; TestSol 6:4 D; Jos., Ant 8, 349; 381) Mk 5:11; around Rv 1:13. πρ. τῇ θύρᾳ ἑστηκέναι stand at the door (Menand., Fgm. 420, 1; 830 K.=352, 1; 644 Kö.; JosAs 19:1) J 18:16; cp. 20:11. πρὸς τῇ πύλῃ GJs 4:4; ἐγγίζοντος αὐτοῦ πρ. τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ ὄρους when he came close to the slope of the mountain Lk 19:37 (s. κατάβασις). πρ. τῇ κεφαλῇ, τοῖς ποσίν at the head, at the feet J 20:12. τὰ πρ. ταῖς ῥίζαις the parts near the roots Hs 9, 1, 6; 9, 21, 1. In geographical designations Μαγνησία ἡ πρ. Μαιάνδρῳ Magnesia on the Maeander IMagnMai ins.—(Cp. the temporal use: πρὸς ἑσπέρᾳ ἐστίν it takes place at evening TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 7 [Stone p. 60]; cp. Just., D. 105, 3 and 5; 142, 1.)
    in addition to (Hom. et al.; Polyb., Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7; Ath., R. 22 p. 75, 10; ins) πρὸς τούτοις (SIG 495, 105; 685, 70 and 100; 796 B, 30; 888, 35 al.; UPZ 26, 18; 25 [163 B.C.]; 2 Macc 4:9; 5:23; 9:17, 25; 14:4, esp. 12:2; Philo, Aet. M. 67 al.; Just., A I, 40, 5; D. 93, 4 al.) 1 Cl 17:1.
    w. acc. (pseudepigr. and apolog. throughout) marker of movement or orientation toward someone/someth.
    of place, pers., or thing toward, towards, to, after verbs
    α. of going; s. ἄγω 5, ἀναβαίνω 1aα, ἀνακάμπτω 1a, ἀπέρχομαι 1b, διαβαίνω, διαπεράω, εἴσειμι, εἰσέρχομαι 1bα, ἐκπορεύομαι 1c, also ἐπισυνάγομαι Mk 1:33, ἔρχομαι 1aβ, ἥκω 1d et al.—προσαγωγὴ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα Eph 2:18. εἴσοδος 1 Th 1:9a.
    β. of sending; s. ἀναπέμπω Lk 23:7, 15; Ac 25:21, ἀποστέλλω 1bα, πέμπω.
    γ. of motion gener.; s. βληθῆναι (βάλλω 1b), ἐπιστρέφω 1a, 4ab, κεῖμαι 2, πίπτω 1bαא and ב, προσκολλάω, προσκόπτω 1, προσπίπτω.
    δ. of leading, guiding; s. ἄγω 1a, ἀπάγω 2a and 4, also ἕλκω 2 end J 12:32, κατασύρω, etc.
    ε. of saying, speaking; s. ἀποκρίνομαι 1, also δημηγορέω Ac 12:21, εἶπον 1a, λαλέω 2aγ and 2b, λέγω 1bγ et al. Hebraistically λαλεῖν στόμα πρὸς στόμα speak face to face (Jer 39:4; ApcEsdr 6:6 p. 31, 10 Tdf.) 2J 12b; 3J 14 (cp. PGM 1, 39 τὸ στόμα πρὸς τὸ στόμα). πρὸς ἀλλήλους to one another, with each other, among themselves: s. ἀντιβάλλω, διαλαλέω, also διαλέγομαι Mk 9:34, διαλογίζομαι 8:16; Lk 20:14, εἶπον 24:32; J 16:17; 19:24, λαλέω, λέγω et al. πρὸς ἑαυτούς to themselves, to each other: s. διαλογίζομαι 1; εἶπον Mk 12:7; J 7:35; λέγω (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 15, 7 πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἔλεγεν; Just., D. 62, 2) Mk 10:26; 16:3. διαθήκην ὁ θεὸς διέθετο πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν, λέγων πρὸς Ἀβραάμ God made a covenant with your fathers, when he said to Abraham Ac 3:25 (διατίθημι 1). ὅρκον ὀμνύναι πρ. τινα (ὀμνύω, end) Lk 1:73.
    ζ. of asking, praying δέομαι Ac 8:24. εὔχομαι (s. εὔχομαι 1; cp. 2 Macc 9:13) 2 Cor 13:7. προσεύχομαι (cp. 1 Km 12:19; 2 Esdr 12: 4; 2 Macc 2:10) Hv 1, 1, 9. γνωρίζεσθαι πρὸς τὸν θεόν Phil 4:6 (γνωρίζω 1).—Also after nouns like δέησις, λόγος et al. Ro 10:1; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:18 al.
    of time near, at, or during (a certain time)
    α. denoting approach toward (X., Pla. et al.) πρὸς ἑσπέραν toward evening Lk 24:29 (so Just., D. 97, 1; s. ἑσπέρα).
    β. of temporal duration for πρὸς καιρόν for a time, for a while (καιρός 1a) Lk 8:13; 1 Cor 7:5. πρὸς καιρὸν ὥρας (καιρός 1a) 1 Th 2:17. πρὸς ὥραν for an hour, i.e. for a short time J 5:35; 2 Cor 7:8; Gal 2:5a; Phlm 15; MPol 11:2. πρὸς ὀλίγας ἡμέρας Hb 12:10. Also πρὸς ὀλίγον Js 4:14; GJs 19:2 (ὀλίγος 3). πρὸς τὸ παρόν for the present Hb 12:11 (πάρειμι 1b).
    α. with conscious purpose for, for the purpose of, on behalf of οὗτος ἦν ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην καθήμενος this was the one who sat (and begged) for alms Ac 3:10. πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ Ro 3:26. τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν σύμφορον λέγω 1 Cor 7:35a; cp. 35b. ἐγράφη πρὸς νουθεσίαν ἡμῶν 10:11. Cp. Ro 15:2; 1 Cor 6:5; 2 Cor 4:6; 7:3; 11:8; Eph 4:12.—W. acc. of the inf. (Polyb. 1, 48, 5; PRyl 69, 16; BGU 226, 22; Jer 34:10; 2 Macc 4:45; TestJob 45:4; Jos., Ant. 14, 170; 15, 148 al.; Just., D. 132, 1) πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις in order to be seen by men Mt 23:5; cp. 6:1. πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά 13:30. πρὸς τὸ ἐνταφιάσαι με 26:12. πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς Mk 13:22. πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἀτενίσαι υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ 2 Cor 3:13. Cp. Eph 6:11a; 1 Th 2:9; 2 Th 3:8; Js 3:3 v.l.
    β. gener. of design, destiny (Demetr.[?]: 722 Fgm. 7 Jac. πρὸς τὴν κάρπωσιν; TestJob 42:7 τὰ πρὸς θυσίαν; Jos., Bell. 4, 573 τὸ πρ. σωτηρίαν φάρμακον) τῷ θεῷ πρὸς δόξαν for the glory of God 2 Cor 1:20 (on πρὸς δόξαν cp. SIG 456, 15; 704e, 21; 3 Macc 2:9; Just., A I, 15, 10 μηδὲν πρὸς δόξαν ποιεῖν). τῇ πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 Pt 4:12.—After adjectives and participles for ἀγαθὸς πρὸς οἰκοδομήν Eph 4:29 (ἀγ. 1a) ἀδόκιμος Tit 1:16. ἀνεύθετος πρὸς παραχειμασίαν Ac 27:12. γεγυμνασμένος Hb 5:14. δυνατός 2 Cor 10:4. ἐξηρτισμένος 2 Ti 3:17. ἕτοιμος (q.v. b) Tit 3:1; 1 Pt 3:15. ἱκανός (q.v. 2) 2 Cor 2:16. ὠφέλιμος 1 Ti 4:8ab; 2 Ti 3:16.
    γ. of the result that follows a set of circumstances (so that) πάντα πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν γινέσθω everything is to be done in such a way that it contributes to edification 1 Cor 14:26; cp. vs. 12; Col 2:23 (but see eδ below); 1 Ti 4:7. ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτήν one who looks at a woman with sinful desire Mt 5:28, but s. eε below. λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν they (the fields) are white, so that the harvest may begin J 4:35. αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον this disease is not of the kind that will lead to death 11:4. Cp. ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον 1J 5:16f.
    of relationship (hostile or friendly), against, for
    α. hostile against, with after verbs of disputing, etc.; s. ἀνταγωνίζομαι, γογγύζω, διακρίνομαι (διακρίνω 5b), διαλέγομαι 1, πικραίνομαι (πικραίνω 2), στασιάζω, ἔστην (ἵστημι B3). ἐστίν τινι ἡ πάλη πρός Eph 6:12. ἔχειν τι πρός τινα have anything (to bring up) against someone Ac 24:19. μομφὴν ἔχειν πρός τινα Col 3:13. πρᾶγμα ἔχειν πρός τινα 1 Cor 6:1 (πρᾶγμα 4). ἐγένετο γογγυσμὸς τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν πρὸς τοὺς Ἑβραίους Ac 6:1. τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 2 Cor 6:11 (ἀνοίγω 7). ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς αὐτούς Lk 23:12. βλασφημίαι πρὸς τὸν θεόν Rv 13:6 (cp. TestJob 25:10 εἰπὲ ἓν ῥῆμα πρὸς τὸν θεόν). ἀσύμφωνοι πρ. ἀλλήλους unable to agree among themselves Ac 28:25 (Tat. 25, 2); cp. the structure of Col 2:23.
    β. friendly to, toward, with, before ἐργάζεσθαι τὸ ἀγαθόν Gal 6:10ab (ἐργάζομαι 2a). μακροθυμεῖν 1 Th 5:14. εἰρήνην ἔχειν πρὸ τὸν θεόν Ro 5:1 (s. εἰρήνη 2b). παρρησίαν ἔχειν πρὸς τ. θεόν 1J 3:21; cp. 5:14. πίστιν ἔχειν πρὸς τ. κύριον Ἰ. Phlm 5. πεποίθησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τ. θεόν 2 Cor 3:4. ἔχειν χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν Ac 2:47 (FCheetham, ET 74, ’63, 214f). πραΰτητα ἐνδείκνυσθαι Tit 3:2. ἐν σοφίᾳ περιπατεῖν Col 4:5. ἤπιον εἶναι πρὸς πάντας 2 Ti 2:24.—After substantives: πίστις 1 Th 1:8 (cp. 4 Macc 15:24; Just., D. 121, 2); παρρησία 2 Cor 7:4; κοινωνία 6:14; συμφώνησις vs. 15 (cp. Is 7:2).
    to indicate a connection by marking a point of reference, with reference/regard to
    α. with reference to (Ocellus Luc. c. 42 πρὸς ἡμᾶς=with reference to us) ἔγνωσαν ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν they recognized that he had spoken the parable with reference to them Mk 12:12; Lk 20:19; cp. 12:41 (Vita Aesopi cod. G 98 P. οἱ Σάμιοι νοήσαντες πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς εἰρῆσθαι τοὺς λόγους; Just., D. 122, 3 ταῦτα … πρὸς τὸν χριστὸν … εἴρηται). ἔλεγεν παραβολὴν πρὸς τὸ δεῖν προσεύχεσθαι he told them a parable about the need of praying 18:1 (Just., D. 90, 5 σύμβολον … πρὸς τὸν χριστόν). οὐδεὶς ἔγνω πρὸς τί εἶπεν αὐτῷ nobody understood with respect to what (= why) he said (this) to him J 13:28. πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν with reference to (i.e. because of) your perversity Mt 19:8; Mk 10:5 (Just., D. 45, 3). Cp. Ro 10:21a; Hb 1:7f. οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα he did not answer him a single word with reference to anything Mt 27:14 (s. ἀποκρίνομαι 1). ἀνταποκριθῆναι πρὸς ταῦτα Lk 14:6 (s. ἀνταποκρίνομαι). ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν θεόν have a clear conscience with respect to God Ac 24:16.
    β. as far as … is concerned, with regard to (Maximus Tyr. 31, 3b) πρὸς τὴν πληροφορίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος Hb 6:11. συνιστάνοντες ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων we are recommending ourselves as far as every human conscience is concerned = to every human conscience (πρός w. acc. also stands simply for the dative; s. Mayser II/2 p. 359) 2 Cor 4:2. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν that which concerns God or as adverbial acc. with reference to what concerns God (Soph., Phil. 1441; X., De Rep. Lac. 13, 11; Ps.-Isocr. 1, 13 εὐσεβεῖν τὰ πρὸς τ. θεούς; SIG 204, 51f; 306, 38; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 109, 3 εὐσεβὴς τὰ πρὸς θεούς; Ex 4:16; 18:19; Jos., Ant. 9, 236) Ro 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1. τὰ πρός τι that which belongs to someth.; that which is necessary for someth. (Plut., Mor. 109b; Jos., Ant. 12, 405 τὰ πρὸς τὴν μάχην; 14, 27; a standard term in state documents) τὰ πρὸς ἀπαρτισμόν Lk 14:28 v.l. τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην (TestJud 9) vs. 32; what makes for peace 19:42. Cp. Ac 28:10; 2 Pt 1:3.
    γ. elliptically τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς (sc. ἐστιν); what is that to us? Mt 27:4. τί πρὸς σέ; how does it concern you? J 21:22f (cp. Epict. 4, 1, 10 τί τοῦτο πρὸς σέ; Plut., Mor. 986b; Vi. Aesopi I 14 p. 265, 4 Eberh. τί πρὸς ἐμέ; ApcMos 11 οὐ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἡ πλεονεξία σου).
    δ. in accordance with ὀρθοποδεῖν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν Gal 2:14. πρὸς τὸ κένωμα in accordance with the emptiness Hm 11:3. πρὸς τὸ θέλημα in accordance w. the will Lk 12:47; Hs 9, 5, 2. πρὸς ἃ ἔπραξεν 2 Cor 5:10. πρὸς ὅ Eph 3:4.In comparison with, to be compared to (Pind., Hdt. et al.; Ps.-Luc., Halc. 3 πρὸς τὸν πάντα αἰῶνα=[life is short] in comparison to all eternity; Sir 25:19; TestJob 18:8; 23:8; Just., D. 19, 2 οὐδὲν … πρὸς τὸ βάπτισμα τοῦτο τὸ τῆς ζωῆς ἐστι; Tat. 29, 1 ὀρθοποδεῖν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν) ἄξια πρός Ro 8:18 (RLeaney, ET 64, ’52f; 92 interprets Col 2:23 in the light of this usage). Cp. IMg 12.
    ε. expressing purpose πρὸς τό w. inf. (s. Mayser II/1 p. 331f) in order to, for the purpose of Mk 13:22; Ac 3:19 v.l. Perh. Mt 5:28 (s. cγ above).
    in adverbial expressions (cp. πρὸς ὀργήν = ὀργίλως Soph., Elect. 369; Jos., Bell. 2, 534. πρὸς βίαν = βιαίως Aeschyl., Prom. 208, 353, Eum. 5; Menand., Sam. 559 S. [214 Kö.]; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 3. πρὸς ἡδονήν Jos., Ant. 7, 195; 12, 398; Just., A II, 3, 2 πρὸς χάριν καὶ ἡδονὴν τῶν πολλῶν) πρὸς φθόνον prob.=φθονερῶς jealously Js 4:5 (s. φθόνος, where the lit. is given). πρὸς εὐφρασίαν w. joy AcPl Ox 6, 9f (cp. Aa 1 p. 241, 1 ὑπερευφραινομένη).
    by, at, near πρός τινα εἶναι be (in company) with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; 9:19a; 14:49; Lk 9:41; J 1:1f; 1 Th 3:4; 2 Th 2:5; 3:10; 1J 1:2. διαμένειν Ac 10:48 D; Gal 2:5b. ἐπιμένειν 1:18; 1 Cor 16:7. παραμένειν 16:6 (v.l. κατα-). μένειν Ac 18:3 D. παρεῖναι 12:20; 2 Cor 11:9; Gal 4:18, 20; cp. παρουσία πρὸς ὑμᾶς Phil 1:26. παρεπιδημεῖν 1 Cl 1:2. ἐποίησεν τρεῖς μῆνας πρὸς τὴν Ἐλισάβεδ GJs 12:3. πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ πάσχα Mt 26:18b. Cp. also 2 Cor 1:12; 7:12; 12:21; 2 Th 3:1; Phlm 13; 1J 2:1; Hm 11:9b v.l.—πρὸς ἑαυτούς among or to themselves Mk 9:10 (in case πρὸς ἑ. belongs w. τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν; B-D-F §239, 1). πρὸς ἑαυτὸν προσηύχετο he uttered a prayer to himself Lk 18:11. Cp. 24:12.—δεδεμένον πρὸς θύραν tied at a door Mk 11:4. τὴν πᾶσαν σάρκα ἀνθρώπων πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἐδέσμευεν (Satan) bound all humankind to self-gratification AcPlCor 2:11. πρὸς τ. θάλασσαν by the seaside Mk 4:1b. On πρὸς τὸ φῶς at the fire Mk 14:54; Lk 22:56 s. B-D-F §239, 3; Rob. 625 (perh. w. the idea of turning toward the fire; s. also 4 Km 23:3). πρὸς ἓν τῶν ὀρέων at one of the mountains 1 Cl 10:7. τὰ πρὸς τὴν θύραν the place near the door Mk 2:2. πρὸς γράμμα letter by letter Hv 2, 1, 4.—On πρός τι terms s. PWouters, The Treatment of Relational Nouns in Ancient Grammar: Orbis 38, ’95, 149–78 (lit.). M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πρός

  • 8 ἡμέρα

    ἡμέρα, ας, ἡ (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.)
    the period betw. sunrise and sunset, day
    lit. (opp. νύξ; e.g. Ath. 24, 2 ἀντιδοξοῦντι … ὡς … τῇ ἡμέρᾳ νύξ) Mt 4:2 (fasting for 40 days and 40 nights as Ex 34:28. S. νύξ 1d.—Cp. JosAs 13:8 ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας καὶ ἑπτὰ νύκτας; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 1, 10 ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας κ. τὰς ἴσας νύκτας); 12:40 and oft. ἡμέρα γίνεται day is breaking (X., An. 2, 2, 13; 7, 2, 34; Appian, Iber. 74 §315; Jos., Ant. 10, 202, Vi. 405) Lk 4:42; 6:13; 22:66; Ac 12:18; 16:35; 27:29, 39. ἡμέρα διαυγάζει the day dawns 2 Pt 1:19. κλίνει declines, evening approaches Lk 9:12; 24:29 (cp. Just., D. 56, 16 ἡμέρα προκόπτει). φαίνει shines Rv 8:12. In the gen. to denote a point of time ἡμέρας in daylight (Hippocr., Ep. 19, 7; Arrian, Ind. 13, 6; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 1, 10) 1 Cl 25:4. ἡμέρας μέσης at midday, noon (Lucian, Nigr. 34; cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 190) Ac 26:13. But also, as in Thu. et al., of time within which someth. occurs, ἡμέρας during the day Rv 21:25. ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός (by) day and night (Appian, Liby. 121, §576; Arrian, Anab. 7, 11, 4; Jos., Ant. 11, 171; Just., D. 1, 4 διʼ ὅλης νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας; also in reverse order as Is 34:10) Mk 5:5; Lk 18:7; Ac 9:24; 1 Th 2:9; 3:10; 2 Th 3:8; AcPl Ha 2, 10; 3, 2. The acc. of time νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν (in this sequence Dio Chrys. 7 [8], 15; Ael. Aristid. 51, 1 K.=27 p. 534 D.; Esth 4:16; cp. νύκτωρ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν Mel., HE 4, 26, 5; Ath. 34, 3) (throughout the) day and (the) night Mk 4:27; Lk 2:37; Ac 20:31; 26:7. τὰς ἡμέρας every day (opp. τὰς νύκτας; cp. Dio Chrys. 4, 36; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 199) Lk 21:37; cp. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν (throughout) every day Ac 5:42 (cp. Hdt. 7, 203, 1). τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην (throughout) that day (Ael. Aristid. 49, 45 K.) J 1:39. ὅλην τ. ἡμ. (Jos., Ant. 6, 22) Mt 20:6. The acc. in a distributive sense συμφωνεῖν ἐκ δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν on a denarius a day Mt 20:2 (s. Meisterhans3-Schw. 205; pap in Mlt., ClR 15, 1901, 436; 18, 1904, 152). ἡμέρας ὁδός a day’s journey Lk 2:44 (cp. X., An. 2, 2, 12; Gen 31:23; 1 Macc 5:24; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 21; 23). Daylight lasts for twelve hours, during which a person can walk without stumbling J 11:9ab. ἡ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφή reveling in broad daylight 2 Pt 2:13.
    fig. (SibOr 5, 241) Christians as υἱοὶ φωτὸς καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας children of light and of the day 1 Th 5:5; cp. vs. 8 (in contrast, Aristoph., Fgm. 573 K. calls Chaerephon, the friend of Socrates νυκτὸς παῖδα, in a derogatory sense). In J 9:4 day denotes the period of human life; cp. Ro 13:12f.
    civil or legal day, including the night, day Mt 6:34; 15:32; Mk 6:21; Lk 13:14; B 15:3ff. Opp. hours Mt 25:13; hours, months, years Rv 9:15; cp. Gal 4:10.
    In the gen., answering the question, how long? (Nicostrat. Com., Fgm. 5 K. ἡμερῶν τριῶν ἤδη=now for three days; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 13 W. τριῶν ἡμ.; BGU 37, 7 [50 A.D.]; 249, 11 [70–80 A.D.] ἡμερῶν δύο διαμένομεν) τεσσεράκοντα ἡμερῶν during 40 days Ac 1:3 D*. ἑκάστης ἡμέρας each day AcPl Ha 6, 8 (cp. ILegGort 1, 9 of a fine τᾶς ἁμέρας ϝεκάστας ‘for each day’, on the gen. Buck, Dialects §170; Just., D. 2, 6 al.)—In the dat., answering the quest., when? (X., An. 4, 7, 8; Jdth 7:6; Esth 7:2; Bel 40 Theod.; JosAs 11:1; Just., A I, 67, 7 al.) τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (cp. Arrian, Anab. 6, 4, 1 τρίτῃ ἡμ.; AscIs 3:16 τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμ.; JosAs 29:8; Just., D. 100, 1 al., cp. D. 85, 6 τῇ δευτέρᾳ ἡμ.) Mt 16:21; 17:23; Lk 9:22; 24:7, 46; 1 Cor 15:4. ᾗ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ on the day on which (PLille 15, 1 [242 B.C.] ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ; 1 Esdr 1:49; Jos., Ant. 20, 26) Lk 17:29; cp. vs. 30. μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ in (the course of) one day (Appian, Iber. 58 §244) 1 Cor 10:8.
    In the acc., usu. answering the quest., how long? (X., An. 4, 7, 18; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 26 p. 410, 30 Jac. τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην=throughout that day; Polyaenus 6, 53 τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Arrian, Anab. 6, 2, 3; Lucian, Alex. 15 ἡμέρας=several days; Philo, Vi. Cont. 30 τὰς ἓξ ἡμέρας; JosAs 10:20 τὰς ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας) ὅλην τ. ἡμέραν the whole day long Ro 8:36 (Ps 43:23), 10:21 (Is 65:2). ἡμέραν μίαν for one day Ac 21:7 (Just., D. 12, 3). ἔμειναν οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας J 2:12; cp. 4:40; 11:6; Ac 9:19; 10:48; 16:12; 20:6c; 21:4, 10; Gal 1:18; Rv 11:3, 9. ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας day after day (Ps.-Euripides, Rhes. 445f, Henioch. 5, 13 Kock; Gen 39:10; Num 30:15; Is 58:2; Ps 95:2; Sir 5:7; En) 2 Pt 2:8; 2 Cl 11:2 (quot. of unknown orig.; s. also e below, end). Only rarely does the acc. answer the quest., when? (Antiphanes Com. [IV B.C.] Fgm. 280; Ps.-Lucian, Halc. 3 τρίτην ἡμ.) τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντηκοστῆς on the Day of Pentecost Ac 20:16. Peculiar is the expr. τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν προσδοκῶντες this is the fourteenth day you have been waiting Ac 27:33 (cp. X., An. 4, 5, 24 ἐνάτην ἡμέραν γεγαμημένην).—ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας seven times a day Lk 17:4.
    Used w. prep.: ἀπό w. gen. from … (on) Mt 22:46; J 11:53; Ac 20:18. ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας (PRev 9, 1 [258 B.C.]; PsSol 18:11f; EpArist 24) Col 1:6, 9; Hm 4, 4, 3. ἀπὸ … ἄχρι … Phil 1:5. ἀπὸ … μέχρι … Ac 10:30. ἄχρι w. gen. until Mt 24:38b; Lk 1:20; 17:27; Ac 1:2; 2:29. ἄχρι ἡμερῶν πέντε five days later Ac 20:6b. μέχρι τῆς σήμερον (ἡμέρας) up to the present day (1 Esdr 8:74) Mt 28:15. ἕως τ. ἡμέρας Mt 27:64; Ac 1:22; Ro 11:8 (Dt 29:3; Just., D. 134, 5 ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμ.; for this Ath. 2, 1 εἰς … τὴν σήμερον ἡμ.). διʼ ἡμερῶν after (several) days Mk 2:1 (cp. Hdt. 6, 118, 3 διʼ ἐτέων εἴκοσι; Thu. 2, 94, 3; Pla., Hipp. Maj. 281a διὰ χρόνου=after a [long] time). διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν within three days (PPetr II, 4 [6], 8 διʼ ἡμερῶν ε´=in the course of 5 days) Mt 26:61; Mk 14:58. διʼ ἡμερῶν τεσσεράκοντα Ac 1:3 (s. διά A 2a). διὰ τ. ἡμέρας in the course of the day Lk 9:37 D εἰς τ. ἡμέραν for the day (PPetr III, 95 col. 2, 6 [III B.C.]) J 12:7; Rv 9:15; εἰς ἡμέρας μ´ 40 days long AcPl Ha 6, 11. ἐν τῇ ἡμ. in the daytime J 11:9b. ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν one day Lk 5:17; 8:22; 20:1. ἐν on w. dat. sing. Mt 24:50; Lk 1:59; 13:31 v.l. (Just., D. 29, 3 ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμ.; 111, 3 ἐν ἡμ. τοῦ πάσχα); J 5:9; Hb 4:4 (cp. Gen 2:2); AcPl Ha 3, 9. In, within w. dat. pl. (Alexis Com. 246, 2 K. ἐν πένθʼ ἡμέραις; Philo, Somn. 2, 112; TestJob 30:4; JosAs 21:7 ἐν ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἡμέραις τοῦ γάμου) ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (PTebt 14, 5 [114 B.C.]; Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 17 p. 111, 26 W.; TestJob 24:9; EpArist 24) Mt 27:40; Mk 15:29; J 2:19f.—ἐπί w. acc. over a period of ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (PTurin I, 2, 15 [116 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱκανὰς ἡμ.; Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31; cp. 27:20; ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμ. (Jos., Ant. 18, 57) 16:18; cp. Hb 11:30. καθʼ ἡμέραν every day (Hyperid. 6, 23; 26; Polyb. 1, 57, 7; 4, 18, 2 al.; Diod S 1, 36, 7 and 8; 2, 47, 2 al.; SIG 656, 22; UPZ 42, 13 [162 B.C.]; PGiss 17, 1; Tob 10:7; Sus 8 and 12 Theod.; 1 Macc 8:15; EpArist 304; Jos., Bell. 2, 265, Ant. 20, 205; Ar. [POxy 1778, 27]; Just., D. 39, 2 al.) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49 (‘by day’: AArgyle, ET 63, ’51/52, 354); Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; 2 Cor 11:28; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also (w. optional art., s. B-D-F §160; Rob. 766) τὸ καθʼ ἡμ. (Aristoph., Equ. 1126; Pla.; Polyb. 4, 18, 2; POxy 1220, 4; TestJob 14:2; but simply καθʼ ἡμ. Ac 2:45 D) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l.; καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμ. every day (X., Mem. 4, 2, 12, Equ. 5, 9; PTebt 412, 2; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 327, 18; Ex 5:8; Esth 2:11; Job 1:4; Bel 4:6; PsSol 18:11; GrBar 8:4) Hb 3:13. κατὰ πᾶσαν ἡμ. w. same mng. (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:17. μεθʼ ἡμέρας ἕξ six days later (PSI 502, 16 [257 B.C.] μεθʼ ἡμέρας ιβ´; 436, 3 [Just., D. 27, 5 μετὰ μίαν ἡμ. al.]) Mt 17:1; cp. 26:2; 27:63; Mk 8:31; Lk 1:24; J 4:43; 20:26; Ac 1:5; 15:36; 24:1; 28:13; AcPl Ha 1, 33; 11, 8; AcPlCor 2:30. πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ πάσχα six days before the Passover J 12:1 (not a Latinism, since it is found as early as Hippocr. πρὸ τριῶν ἡμερῶν τῆς τελευτῆς [WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 15; Rydbeck 64f]; cp. Plut., Symp. 8, 717d; Lucian, De Morte Peregr. 1; Aelian, HA 11, 19; mystery ins of Andania [SIG 736, 70 πρὸ ἁμερᾶν δέκα τῶν μυστηρίων]; PFay 118, 15; PHolm 4, 23; PGM 13, 26; 671; Am 1:1; 2 Macc 15:36; Jos., Ant. 15, 408; Just., D. 27, 5; s. WSchmid, D. Attizismus III 1893, 287f; IV 1897, 629; Mlt. 100f; B-D-F §213).—It is striking to find the nom. denoting time in the expression ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; cp. Lk 9:28 (s. B-D-F §144; Rob. 460).
    Of festive days: ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν σαββάτων (σάββατον 1bβ) or τοῦ σαββάτου (σάββ. 1a) Lk 4:16; 13:14b, 16; J 19:31; Ac 13:14 (Just., D. 27, 5). ἡ ἡμέρα or αἱ ἡμέραι τ. ἀζύμων Lk 22:7; Ac 12:3; 20:6. ἡ ἡμέρα τ. πεντηκοστῆς Ac 2:1; 20:16. μεγάλη ἡμέρα the great day (of atonement) PtK 2 p. 14, 29. In gen. of a Judean festival GJs 1:2; 2:2 (the author no longer has a clear understanding of the precise festival signified by the term; s. Amann and deStrycker on 1:2). ἡ κυριακὴ ἡμέρα the Lord’s Day, Sunday Rv 1:10 (cp. Just. A I, 67, 7 τὴν … τοῦ ἡλίου ἡμέραν). Festive days are spoken of in the foll. passages: ὸ̔ς μὲν κρίνει ἡμέραν παρʼ ἡμέραν, ὸ̔ς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν one person considers one day better than another, another considers every day good Ro 14:5. φρονεῖν τ. ἡμέραν concern oneself w. (= observe) the day vs. 6. ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθαι observe days Gal 4:10.—Used w. gen. to denote what happens or is to be done on the day in question ἡμ. τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ Ac 21:26. τ. ἐνταφιασμοῦ day of burial J 12:7. ἕως ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν Ἰσραήλ Lk 1:80 (s. ἀνάδειξις).
    OT terminology is reflected in the expr. fulfilling of the days (Ex 7:25; 1 Ch 17:11; Tob 10:1b; cp. מָלֵא) ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμ. τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ the days of his service came to an end Lk 1:23. ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμ. ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν the eighth day, on which he was to be circumcised, had come 2:21; cp. vs. 22. S. ἐκπλήρωσις, συμπληρόω, συντελέω, τελέω, τελειόω. The Hebr. has also furnished the expr. ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ day after day (Esth 3:4 יוֹם וָיוֹם=LXX καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν; יוֹם יוֹם Ps 68:20=LXX 67:20 ἡμέραν καθʼ ἡμέραν) 2 Cor 4:16; GJs 6:1.—ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας (rather oft. in the OT for various Hebr. expressions, but also in Henioch. Com. 5, 13 K.) day after day 2 Pt 2:8; prophetic quot. of unknown origin 2 Cl 11:2. ἡμέρᾳ ἀφʼ ἡμέρας GJs 12:3.
    a day appointed for very special purposes, day (UPZ 66, 5 [153 B.C.] ἡ ἡμ.=the wedding day; ins in ÖJh 64, ’95, p. 74 of a commemorative day for the founder of Ephesus τῇ τοῦ Ἀνδρόκλου ἡμέρᾳ), e.g. of childbirth J 16:21 v.l.
    τακτῇ ἡμέρᾳ Ac 12:21. ἡμέραν τάξασθαι (Polyb. 18, 19, 1) 28:23. στῆσαι (Dionys. Hal. 6, 48) 17:31. ὁρίζειν (Polyb., Dionys. Hal.; Epict., Ench. 51, 1) Hb 4:7; Hv 2, 2, 5. Of the day of the census (s. Lk 2:1) αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα κυρίου GJs 17:1. ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, ᾗ ἔμελλεν θηριομαχῖν ὁ Παῦλος AcPl Ha 3, 9.
    esp. of a day of judgment, fixed by a judge
    α. ἀνθρωπίνη ἡμ. a day appointed by a human court 1 Cor 4:3 (cp. the ins on a coin amulet [II/III A.D.] where these words are transl. ‘human judgment’ by CBonner, HTR 43, ’50, 165–68). This expr. is formed on the basis of ἡμ. as designating
    β. the day of God’s final judgment (s. ὥρα 3). ᾗ ἡμ. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται the day on which the Human One (Son of Man) reveals himself Lk 17:30; ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμ. 2 Pt 3:12. ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τοῦ θεοῦ τ. παντοκράτορος Rv 16:14. ἡμ. κυρίου (Jo 1:15; 2:1, 11; Is 13:6, 9 al.) occurring only once in the NT of the day of God, the Lord, in an OT quot. πρὶν ἐλθεῖν ἡμ. κυρίου τ. μεγάλην κ. ἐπιφανῆ Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4; cp. JosAs 14:2). Otherw. Jesus Christ is the Lord of this day: 1 Cor 5:5; 1 Th 5:2 (P-ÉLangevin, Jesus Seigneur, ’67, 107–67; GHolland, SBLSP 24, ’85, 327–41); 2 Th 2:2; 2 Pt 3:10. He is oft. mentioned by name or otherw. clearly designated, e.g. as υἱὸς τ. ἀνθρώπου, Lk 17:24; 1 Cor 1:8; 2 Cor 1:14; Phil 1:6, 10; 2:16. ἡ ἐσχάτη ἡμ. the last day (of this age) (s. ἔσχατος 2b) J 6:39f, 44, 54; 11:24; 12:48; Hv 2, 2, 5. ἡμ. (τῆς) κρίσεως (Pr 6:34; Jdth 16:17; PsSol 15:12; En; GrBar 1:7; cp. TestLevi 3:2, 3; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4) Mt 10:15; 11:22, 24; 12:36; 2 Pt 2:9; 3:7; 1J 4:17; 2 Cl 17:6; B 19:10. ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὄτε κρίνει ὁ θεὸς διὰ Χρ. Ἰ. the day on which … Ro 2:16 (RBultmann, TLZ 72, ’47, 200f considers this a gloss). ἡμ. ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ θεοῦ 2:5 (ἡμ. ὀργῆς as Zeph 1:15, 18; 2:3; Ezk 7:19 v.l.; cp. Rv 6:17). ἡ ἡμ. ἡ μεγάλη (Jer 37:7; Mal 3:22) Rv 6:17; 16:14. ἡμ. μεγάλη καὶ θαυμαστή B 6:4. ἡμ. ἀπολυτρώσεως Eph 4:30. ἡμ. ἐπισκοπῆς (s. ἐπισκοπή 1a and b) 1 Pt 2:12. ἡμ. ἀνταποδόσεως B 14:9 (Is 61:2); ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμ. (Zeph 1:15; Am 9:11; Zech 12:3f; Is 10:20; Jer 37:7f) Mt 7:22; Lk 6:23; 10:12; 21:34; 2 Th 1:10; 2 Ti 1:12, 18; 4:8; AcPlCor 2:32. Perh. ἡμ. σφαγῆς (cp. Jer 12:3; En 16:1) Js 5:5 belongs here (s. σφαγή). Abs. ἡμ. 1 Cor 3:13; Hb 10:25; B 7:9; 21:3; cp. 1 Th 5:4.—ἡμέρα αἰῶνος (Sir 18:10) day of eternity 2 Pt 3:18 is also eschatological in mng.; it means the day on which eternity commences, or the day which itself constitutes eternity. In the latter case the pass. would belong to the next section.
    an extended period, time (like יוֹם, but not unknown among the Greeks: Soph., Aj. 131; 623; Eur., Ion 720; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 13, 1389b, 33f; PAmh 30, 43 [II B.C.] ἡμέρας αἰτοῦσα=‘she asked for time’, or ‘a respite’)
    in sg. ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ τ. πονηρᾷ when the times are evil (unless the ref. is to the final judgment) Eph 6:13. ἐν ἡμ. σωτηρίας of the salutary time that has come for Christians 2 Cor 6:2 (Is 49:8). Of the time of the rescue fr. Egypt ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπιλαβομένου μου τ. χειρὸς αὐτῶν at the time when I took them by the hand Hb 8:9 (Jer 38:32; on the constr. cp. Bar 2:28 and B-D-F §423, 5; Rob. 514). ἐν ἐκείνῃ τ. ἡμέρᾳ at that time Mk 2:20b; J 14:20; 16:23, 26. τ. ἡμέραν τ. ἐμήν my time (era) 8:56. ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ αὐτοῦ ἡμέρᾳ in his (Abraham’s) last days GJs 1:3.
    chiefly in the pl. αἱ ἡμέραι of time of life or activity, w. gen. of pers. (1 Km 17:12 A; 2 Km 21:1; 3 Km 10:21; Esth 1:1s; Sir 46:7; 47:1; ἡμέραι αὐτοῦ En 12:2; ἡμέραι ἃς ἦτε 102:5 and oft.) ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου Mt 2:1; Lk 1:5; Νῶε 17:26a; 1 Pt 3:20; Ἠλίου Lk 4:25. ἐν ταῖς ἡμ. τοῦ υἱοῦ τ. ἀνθρώπου 17:26b; cp. Mt 23:30. ἀπὸ τ. ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου Mt 11:12. ἕως τ. ἡμερῶν Δαυίδ Ac 7:45; cp. 13:41 (Hab 1:5). W. gen. of thing ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως time of vengeance Lk 21:22; τ. ἀπογραφῆς Ac 5:37; cp. Rv 10:7; 11:6. ἐν τ. ἡμέραις τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ in the time of his appearance in the flesh Hb 5:7.—ἡμέραι πονηραί corrupt times Eph 5:16; cp. B 2:1; 8:6. ἡμ. ἀγαθαί happy times (Artem. 4, 8) 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:13). ἀφʼ ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων Ac 15:7; αἱ πρότερον ἡμ. Hb 10:32. πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας all the time, always Mt 28:20 (cp. Dt 4:40; 5:29; PsSol 14:4). νῦν τ. ἡμέραις at the present time Hs 9, 20, 4. ἐν (ταῖς) ἐσχάταις ἡμ. Ac 2:17; 2 Ti 3:1; Js 5:3; B 4:9; D 16:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τ. ἡμερῶν τούτων Hb 1:2; cp. 2 Pt 3:3; GJs 7:2. ἐν τ. ἡμέραις ἐκείναις at that time Mt 3:1; 24:19, 38; Mk 1:9; Lk 2:1; 4:2b; 5:35b. ἐν τ. ἡμ. ταύταις at this time Lk 1:39; 6:12; Ac 1:15. εἰς ταύτας τ. ἡμέρας w. respect to our time (opp. πάλαι) Hs 9, 26, 6. πρὸ τούτων τ. ἡμερῶν before this (time) Ac 5:36; 21:38; πρὸς ὀλίγας ἡμ. for a short time Hb 12:10; ἐλεύσονται ἡμ. there will come a time: w. ὅταν foll. Mt 9:15; Mk 2:20a; Lk 5:35a; w. ὅτε foll. Lk 17:22 (Just., D. 40, 2). ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπί σε καί a time is coming upon you when Lk 19:43. ἡμ. ἔρχονται καί Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31). ἐλεύσονται ἡμ. ἐν αἷς Lk 21:6; 23:29.—Esp. of time of life πάσαις τ. ἡμέραις ἡμῶν for our entire lives Lk 1:75. πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς αὐτοῦ all his life GJs 4:1 (cp. En 103:5; TestJob 46:9). μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν μήτε ζωῆς τέλος ἔχων without either beginning or end of life Hb 7:3. προβεβηκὼς ἐν ταῖς ἡμ. advanced in years Lk 1:7, 18; cp. 2:36 (s. Gen 18:11; 24:1; Josh 13:1; 23:1; 3 Km 1:1; προβαίνω 2).—B. 991. DELG s.v. ἦμαρ. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἡμέρα

  • 9 τάξις

    -εως + N 3 1-2-1-7-9=20 Nm 1,52; JgsA 5,20; 1 Kgs 7,23(37); Hab 3,11; Ps 109(110),4
    order, class Nm 1,52; good order, regularity Jb 16,3; order, disposition 1 Kgs 7,23(37)
    limit Jb 28,3
    army, band 2 Mc 10,36
    form, nature, appearance 2 Mc 1,19; nature Ps 109(110),4 οἴδασιν κοίτης τάξιν they know the set time to rest Jb 36,28a Cf. DORIVAL 1994 163.343

    Lust (λαγνεία) > τάξις

  • 10 διόρθωσις

    διόρθωσις, εως, ἡ (s. prec. two entries; Hippocr. et al.; pap; TestSol 1:7 D; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 27; Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 2, 449, Ant. 2, 51) a process leading to a new order viewed as something yet to be realized, improvement, reformation, new order (Pla., Leg. 1, 642a; Polyb. 1, 1, 1; PGM 13, 707f πρὸς διόρθωσιν βίου) καιρὸς δ. the time of the new order= until the time comes to set things right NRSV (in contrast to that of the law w. its stipulations relating to things merely affecting the body) Hb 9:10.—Frisk s.v. ὀρθό. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > διόρθωσις

  • 11 ὑπέρ

    ὑπέρ (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. and acc. (lit. s.v. ἀνά, beg. In addition to this, for ὑπέρ: LWenger, Die Stellvertretung im Rechte der Papyri 1896; ARobertson, The Use of ὑπέρ in Business Documents in the Papyri: Exp. 8th ser., 28, 1919, 321–27). The loc. sense ‘over, above’ is not found in our lit. (not in the LXX either, but in JosAs 14:4; ApcEsdr 1:9; Just., Tat., Ath.) but does appear in nonliteral senses. The mss. oft. fluctuate between ὑπέρ and περί; see A3 below.
    A. w. gen.
    a marker indicating that an activity or event is in some entity’s interest, for, in behalf of, for the sake of someone/someth.
    w. gen. of pers. or human collective
    α. after words that express a request, prayer, etc. After the verbs δέομαι (q.v. b), εὔχομαι (q.v. 1), προσεύχομαι (q.v.), ἐντυγχάνω (q.v. 1a; cp. b), ὑπερεντυγχάνω (q.v.), λιτανεύω (q.v.) etc. After the nouns δέησις (q.v., end) and προσευχή (q.v. 1). S. also 1 Ti 2:1f.
    β. after words and expressions that denote working, caring, concerning oneself about. After the verbs ἀγρυπνέω (q.v. 2), ἀγωνίζομαι (q.v. 2b), μεριμνάω (q.v. 2), πρεσβεύω (q.v.) etc. After the nouns ζῆλος (q.v. 1), σπουδή (q.v. 2), ἔχειν πόνον (πόνος 1). ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διάκονος Col 1:7.
    γ. after expressions having to do w. sacrifice: ἁγιάζω (q.v. 2), ἁγνίζομαι (s. ἁγνίζω 3). τὸ πάσχα ἡμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἑτύθη Χριστός 1 Cor 5:7 v.l. ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἡ προσφορά Ac 21:26 (προσφέρω 2a).—Eph 5:2; Hb 9:7.
    δ. gener. εἶναι ὑπέρ τινος be for someone, be on someone’s side (PIand 16, 8 τὸ νόμιμον ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν.—Opp. εἶναι κατά τινος) Mk 9:40; Lk 9:50; Ro 8:31.—ἐπιτρέπεταί σοι ὑπὲρ σεαυτοῦ λέγειν Ac 26:1 v.l. (for περί). ἵνα μὴ εἷς ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἑνὸς φυσιοῦσθε κατὰ τοῦ ἑτέρου 1 Cor 4:6b. Cp. 2 Cor 1:11ab; 5:20b (δεόμεθα ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ=as helpers of Christ we beg you. Also prob. is we beg you by or in the name of Christ [Apollon. Rhod. 3, 701 λίσσομʼ ὑπὲρ μακάρων=by the gods, in imitation of Il. 22, 338.—Theaetetus, III B.C.: Anth. Pal. 7, 499, 2]). τοῦτο φρονεῖν ὑπὲρ πάντων ὑμῶν to be thus minded in behalf of you all Phil 1:7 (perh. simply=about; s. 3 below); cp. 4:10 (think of me = care for, be interested in me).
    ε. after expressions of suffering, dying, devoting oneself, etc. (JosAs 28:1 κύριος πολεμεῖ καθʼ ἡμῶν ὑπὲρ Ἀσενεθ ‘against us in behalf of Aseneth’; ApcEsdr 6:18 p. 31, 28 Tdf. δικάζεσθαι ὑπὲρ τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων) ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπέρ τινος die for someone or someth. (ἀποθνῄσκω 1aα; also Jos., Ant. 13, 6) J 11:50–52; 18:14; Ro 5:7ab. τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν ὑπὲρ τινος (cp. Jos., Bell. 2, 201; Sir 29:15; ApcSed 1:5; Ar. 15, 10; Mel., P. 103, 791) J 10:11, 15; 13:37f; 15:13; 1J 3:16b.—Ro 16:4; 2 Cor 12:15; Eph 3:1, 13; Col 1:24a.—So esp. of the death of Christ (already referred to at least in part in some of the passages already mentioned. S. also above 1aγ and below 1c) for, in behalf of humanity, the world, etc.: Mk 14:24; Lk 22:19f; Ro 5:6, 8; 8:32; 14:15; 1 Cor 1:13 (where the hypothetical question μὴ Παῦλος ἐσταυρώθη ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν; was chosen for no other reason than its ref. to the redeeming death of Christ); 11:24; 15:3; Gal 2:20; 3:13; Eph 5:25; 1 Th 5:10 (v.l. περί); 1 Ti 2:6; Tit 2:14; Hb 2:9; 6:20; 1 Pt 2:21 (v.l. περί); 3:18a v.l.; 18b; 1J 3:16a; MPol 17:2ab (Just., A I, 50, 1 ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος).—AMetzinger, Die Substitutionstheorie u. das atl. Opfer, Biblica 21, ’40, 159–87, 247–72, 353–77; EBlakeney, ET 55, ’43/44, 306.
    w. gen. of thing, in which case it must be variously translated ὑπὲρ (τῶν) ἁμαρτιῶν in order to atone for (the) sins or to remove them 1 Cor 15:3; Gal 1:4; Hb 5:1b; 7:27; 9:7 (here ὑπὲρ … τῶν ἀγνοημάτων); 10:12; B 7:3, 4 (prophetic saying of unknown origin), 5f.—ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς to bring life to the world J 6:51. ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ to reveal the glory of God 11:4. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ (cp. Sb 7681, 7 [312 A.D.] ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου=in behalf of) to spread his name Ro 1:5; cp. 3J 7. ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας θεοῦ=in order to show that God’s promises are true Ro 15:8. ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως in order to comfort you 2 Cor 1:6ab. Cp. 12:19. ὑπὲρ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν for the strengthening of your faith 1 Th 3:2.
    in place of, instead of, in the name of (Eur.; Polyb. 3, 67, 7; ApcEsdr 1:11 p. 25, 3 Tdf.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 142; Just., D. 95, 2.—In pap very oft. ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ to explain that the writer is writing ‘as the representative of’ an illiterate pers.; Dssm. LO 285, 2 [LAE 335, 4]; other exx. of pap in DWallace, Greek Grammar Beyond the Basics ’96, 384–86) ἵνα ὑπὲρ σοῦ μοι διακονῇ Phlm 13. Somet. the mng. in place of merges w. on behalf of, for the sake of Ro 9:3. οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Cor 15:29a is debated; cp. 29b (s. the lit. s.v. βαπτίζω 2c; also KBornhäuser, Die Furche 21, ’34, 184–87; JWhite, JBL 116, ’97, 487–99 [esp. 497f] favors a causal sense). εἷς ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀπέθανεν 2 Cor 5:14; cp. 15ab, 21 (Eur., Alc. 701 κατθανεῖν ὑπέρ σου).
    marker of the moving cause or reason, because of, for the sake of, for (Diod S 10, 21, 2 τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων τιμωρίαν; schol. on Pind., O. 6, 154b [=OxfT 91]), w. verbs of suffering, giving the reason for it ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος Ac 5:41; 9:16; 21:13; ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ Phil 1:29ab; cp. 2 Th 1:5; ὑπὲρ θεοῦ ἀποθνῄσκω IRo 4:1. Likew. used w. nouns that denote suffering ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ for Christ’s sake 2 Cor 12:10.—εὐχαριστεῖν ὑπέρ τινος give thanks for someth. 1 Cor 10:30; Eph 5:20; D 9:2; 10:2 (cp. Sb 3926, 12 [I B.C.] τὸ κατεσκευασμένον ὑπὲρ [=in gratefulness for] τῆς ἡμετέρας σωτηρίας Ἰσιδεῖον; Just., A I, 65, 3). δοξάζειν τὸν θεὸν ὑπέρ τινος praise God for someth. Ro 15:9.—ὑπὲρ τούτου with reference to someth. (Synes., Ep. 67 p. 209c) 2 Cor 12:8.—This is prob. the place for ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐδοκίας with (God’s) good pleasure in view Phil 2:13 (εὐδοκία 1).
    marker of general content, whether of a discourse or mental activity, about, concerning (about equivalent to περί [τινος], w. which it is freq. interchanged in the mss.; s. Kühner-G. I p. 487 [w. exx. fr. Hom., Pla. et al.]. Also quite common in Polyb., Diod S, Dionys. Hal., Joseph., ins [e.g. ISardGauthier 2, 3 ‘write about’] and pap [Schmidt 396]; but Ath. differentiates between λόγος ὑπὲρ [in defense of] τῆς ἀληθείας and λόγος περὶ [about] τῆς ἀληθείας R 1 p. 48, 19; Mlt. 105; Rdm.2 p. 140; Johannessohn, Präp 216–21; LDeubner, Bemerkungen z. Text der Vita Pyth. des Iamblichos: SBBerlAk ’35, XIX 27; 71), oft. at the same time in the sense ‘in the interest of’ or ‘in behalf of’ οὗτός ἐστιν ὑπὲρ οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον J 1:30 (v.l. περί). Ἠσαί̈ας κράζει ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ Ro 9:27 (v.l. περί). Cp. 2 Cor 1:8 (v.l. περί); 5:12; 7:4, 14; 8:24; 9:2f; 12:5ab (in all the passages in 2 Cor except the first dependent on καυχάομαι, καύχημα, καύχησις); 2 Th 1:4 (ἐγκαυχᾶσθαι). With reference to (Demosth. 21, 121) 2 Cor 8:23; 2 Th 2:1. ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν our hope with reference to you is unshaken 2 Cor 1:7 (ἐλπὶς ὑ. τινος ‘for someth.’ Socrat., Ep. 6, 5 [p. 234, 28 Malherbe]).
    B. w. acc. marker of a degree beyond that of a compared scale of extent, in the sense of excelling, surpassing, over and above, beyond, more than (so always PsSol; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 29 [Stone p. 10] al.; TestJob 38:6 τὰ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς; JosAs 1:6 al.; Ath. 17, 1; 32, 1) κεφαλὴ ὑπὲρ πάντα the supreme Head Eph 1:22 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 74 §314 ὑπὲρ ἅπαντα). ὑπὲρ δύναμιν beyond one’s strength 2 Cor 1:8; cp. 8:3 v.l. (OGI 767, 19f ὑπὲρ δύναμιν; Cyranides p. 63, 22 ὑπὲρ λόγον). Also ὑπὲρ ὸ̔ δύνασθε 1 Cor 10:13. μὴ ὑπὲρ ἃ γέγραπται not (to go) beyond what is written 1 Cor 4:6a (s. WLütgert, Freiheitspredigt u. Schwarmgeister in Korinth 1908, 97ff; ASchlatter, Die korinth. Theologie 1914, 7ff; OLinton, StKr 102, 1930, 425–37; LBrun, ibid. 103, ’31, 453–56; PWallis, TLZ 75, ’50, 506–8; ALegault, NTS 18, ’71/72, 227–31; PMarshall, Hybrists Not Gnostics in Corinth: SBLSP 23, 84, 275–87; on the prob. imagery of a school exercise in which children learn to stay between the lines, s. RTyler, CBQ 60, ’98, 97–103; a public foundational document containing bylaws, JHanges, JBL 117, ’98, 275–98 [pap and ins]). ὑπὲρ ἃ λέγω ποιήσεις you will do even more than I ask Phlm 21. ὑπέρ τι καὶ καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπερευφραίνομαι I feel an exceeding and overwhelming joy B 1:2.—After an adj. in comp. or superl. for ἤ than: mostly so after the comp. (Judg 11:25 B; 15:2 B; 18:26 B; 3 Km 19:4; Ps 18:11; Hab 1:8) τομώτερος ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν Hb 4:12. Cp. Lk 16:8; J 12:43 v.l.; MPol 18:2. In an unusually compressed statement: τοὺς ἀποστόλους ὄντας ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνομωτέρους the apostles, who were more lawless than (people who commit) any and every sin B 5:9; rarely after the superl. (TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 25 [Stone p. 4]) γλυκυτάτη ὑπὲρ τὸ μέλι Hm 5, 1, 6. Likew. after verbs that express the idea of comparison ἡσσώθητε (=ἐγένεσθε ἥσσονες) ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκκλησίας, were you treated worse than the other churches? 2 Cor 12:13.—‘More than’ also takes on the sense more exalted or excellent or glorious than; as the timeless one (ἄχρονος), Christ is called ὁ ὑπὲρ καιρόν the one who is exalted beyond time IPol 3:2. ὑπὲρ θάνατον exalted above death ISm 3:2. οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον a disciple is not superior to his teacher Mt 10:24a; Lk 6:40.—Mt 10:24b; Ac 26:13; Phil 2:9. οὐκέτι ὡς δοῦλον ἀλλὰ ὑπὲρ δοῦλον no longer as a slave, but as someth. better than a slave Phlm 16. τῷ δυναμένῳ ὑπὲρ πάντα ποιῆσαι to (God) who is able to do greater things than all (we can ask or imagine) Eph 3:20. More than (PsSol 17:43; TestGad 7:1) ἀγαπᾶν ὑμᾶς ὑπὲρ τὴν ψυχήν μου (JosAs 13:11) B 1:4; cp. 4:6; 19:5; D 2:7. φιλεῖν Mt 10:37ab. ἀρέσει αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ μόσχον 1 Cl 52:2 (Ps 68:32). λάμπειν IEph 19:2. προκόπτειν Gal 1:14. στίλβειν Hs 9, 2, 2.
    C. adv. use even more. The adv. use of ὑπέρ is, so far, almost unknown outside the NT (but s. L-S-J-M s.v. ὑπέρ E; Schwyzer II 518; Ursing 49 cites fr. an Aesop-ms. ὅπερ ἔτι ὑπὲρ ἀπεδέξατο, where all the other mss. have μᾶλλον [Phil 3:4 ἐγὼ μᾶλλον]. On the adv. use of other prepositions s. Kühner-G. I p. 526f). διάκονοι Χριστοῦ εἰσιν; ὑπὲρ ἐγώ are they assistants of of Christ? I am so even more (than they) 2 Cor 11:23 (W-H. accent ὕπερ; s. Mlt-Turner 250). Wallis (s. B above) classes 1 Cor 4:6 here.—RBieringer: The Four Gospels, Festschr. FNeirynck, ed. FvanSegbroeck et al. ’92, I 219–48. On ὑπὲρ ἄγαν, ὑπὲρ ἐκεῖνα, ὑπὲρ ἐκπερισσοῦ, ὑπὲρ λίαν s. ὑπεράγαν, ὑπερέκεινα, ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ (-ῶς), ὑπερλίαν.—DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὑπέρ

  • 12 συντάσσω

    συντάσσω, [dialect] Att. [suff] συντάρρ-ττω,
    A put in order together, esp. as a military term, draw up, put in array, Hdt.7.78, Th.8.28, X.HG4.8.28, etc.; σ. πεζοὺς αὐτοῖς (sc. τῷ ἱππικῷ) draw up the foot with the horse, ib. 7.5.24:—[voice] Pass., to be drawn up in order of battle, E.HF 191, X.Cyr. 1.4.18, etc.; μάλιστα ξυντεταγμένοι παντὸς τοῦ στρατοῦ in the best order of all the army, Th.3.108;

    μεθ' ὅπλων συντεταγμένοι D.21.223

    ; τισι or μετά τινων with others, X.HG1.2.15, Vect.2.3, cf. Cyr. 6.4.14, etc.:—[voice] Med., form in order of battle,

    ὁμόσε χωρῶμεν ξυνταξάμενοι Ar.Lys. 452

    : [voice] Med. also trans., συνταξάμενος βαθεῖαν τὴν φάλαγγα having drawn up his phalanx in deep order, X.HG2.4.34.
    c place in the same class, c. dat., Plot.6.1.25, Dam. Pr.1, al.
    2 [voice] Pass., of single persons, to be collected, resolute,

    συντεταγμένος στρατηγός X.HG4.8.22

    ; περὶ παίδων ἀγωγὴν ἄκρως ς. D.L.5.65; so of the mind, πρὶν ξυνταχθῆναι.. τὴν δόξαν before they have time to get their thoughts collected, Th.5.9 ( ξυνταθῆναι is prob. cj.);

    ἡ ἐπὶ τοῦ συντετάχθαι.. φρόνησις οὖσα Amphis 33.4

    ; ἔφοδος ἐνεργὸς καὶ ς. Plb.3.19.5.
    II arrange, organize,

    τὸ σῶμα Pl.Grg. 504a

    ;

    τὰ συσσίτια συντέταχεν ὁ νόμος Id.Lg. 625c

    ;

    ἐνιαυτούς τε καὶ ὥρας καὶ μῆνας Id.Phlb. 30c

    ;

    σύνοδον Plu.Ant.71

    : in bad sense, concoct,

    ψευδῆ κατηγορίαν Aeschin.2.183

    :—[voice] Pass., ψυχὴ συντεταγμένη σώματι organically united with, Pl.Lg. 903d; ὀλιγαρχικῶς συντετ. Arist.Pol. 1317a6; σημεῖον πολιτείας συντεταγμένης of an organized state, ib. 1272b30; Τροιζήνιοι σ. εἰς τοὺς Ἀχαιούς joined the Achaean League, Plu.Arat.24; οἱ συντεταγμένοι the conspirators, X.HG3.3.7:—[voice] Med., arrange for oneself, i.e. make one's own plans of life, Hp. VM10: also, get matters organized or arranged, or simply ordain, settle, τὰ νόμιμα ἡμῖν συνετάξατο [ὁ νομοθέτης] Pl.Lg. 626a, cf. 625e, 781b;

    τὴν περὶ τοὺς νέους ἐπιμέλειαν Lycurg.106

    ; καταστήσαντες.. εἰς τὴν προγεγραμμένην κώμην Τεβτῦνειν οὗ ἐὰν Ἀρίστων συντάσσηται wherever A. may arrange to accept delivery, PSI10.1098.24 (i B.C.).
    3 compose or compile a narrative or book, Plb.2.40.4, Plu.Brut.4:—[voice] Med., Pl.Phdr. 263e, Plb.1.3.8, Gal.19.221: abs., write a book, Plb.9.2.2;

    οἱ τὰ Ῥωμαϊκὰ συνταξάμενοι D.H.4.7

    ; σ. ὑπόθεσιν treat of.., Id.Comp.4:—[voice] Pass.,

    προοίμιον συντεταγμένον εἴς τι Pl.Lg. 930e

    , cf. Aeschin.3.201.
    4 c. inf., ordain, prescribe, order,

    δασμοὺς ἀποφέρειν τινάς X.Cyr.8.6.8

    , cf. Aeschin.2.22, PEnteux.27.13, 84.10,16 (iii B.C.), PCair.Zen.28.1, al. (iii B.C.), Plb.3.50.9, PStrassb.100.21 (ii B.C.): without inf.,

    συντάξαντος ἡμῖν Ἀμύντου PCair.Zen.27.1

    (iii B.C.); καθὼς συνέταξεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς v. l. for προσέταξεν in Ev.Matt.21.6.
    5 Gramm., combine in interpretation,

    τοῖς προειρημένοις συντάττουσι ταῦτα Gal.15.897

    , cf. 16.533 ([voice] Pass.); construct or construe a word,

    τὰ ἀρρενικὰ τοῖς θηλυκοῖς D.H.Amm.2.11

    , cf. A.D.Conj.218.10;

    τὴν ἐν πρόθεσιν μετὰ γενικῆς Greg.Cor. p.44S.

    :—[voice] Pass., A.D.Pron.69.15, D.L.7.64; συντάσσεται ἀπὸ γενικῆς εἰς αἰτιατικήν (e.g. ἀφαιρῶ σοῦ τόδε) Thom.Mag.p.33R.; cf.

    συντακτός, σύνταξις 1.4

    .
    b [voice] Pass., to be added to, c. dat., A.D.Pron.38.1; of syllables, τὸ σκλα καὶ στρα συντετάξεται Id.Synt.313.16.
    IV [voice] Med., take leave of one, bid him farewell, τινι Charito 8.4, Men.Rh. p.430S., AP9.171 (Pall.); cf. ἀποτάσσω IV.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συντάσσω

  • 13 τάξις

    τάξις, εως, [dialect] Ion. ιος, , ([etym.] τάσσω)
    A arranging, arrangement:
    I in military sense:
    1 drawing up in rank and file, order or disposition of an army, Th.5.68 (init.), 7.5, etc.; τὰ ἀμφὶ τάξεις rules for it, tactics, X.An.2.1.7;

    τ. καὶ ἀντίταξις Phld.Piet.12

    .
    2 battle array, order of battle,

    κατὰ τάξιν Hdt.8.86

    ;

    ἐν τάξει Th.4.72

    , etc.; ἐς τάξιν καθίστασθαι, ἀνάγειν, ib.93, Ar.Av. 400 (anap.); ἵνα μὴ διασπασθείη ἡ τ. Th.5.70; of ships,

    ἀποπλῶσαι ἐκ τῆς τάξιος Hdt.6.14

    .
    3 a single rank or line of soldiers, ἐπὶ τάξιας ὀλίγας γίγνεσθαι to be drawn up a few lines deep, ib. 111, cf. 9.31;

    ἐλύθησαν αἱ τ. τῶν Περσῶν Pl.La. 191c

    .
    4 body of soldiers, A.Pers. 298, S.OC 1311; esp. at Athens, the quota of infantry furnished by each φυλή (cf.

    ταξίαρχος 11

    ), Lys.16.16; but freq. of smaller bodies, company, X.An. 1.2.16, 6.5.11, etc.; ἱππέων τ. ib.1.8.21; so of ships, squadron, A.Pers. 380: generally, band, company, φιλία γὰρ ἥδε τ., of the chorus, Id.Pr. 128 (lyr.);

    ἐμφανίσας μοι ἐν ᾗ ἔσομαι τάξει PCair.Zen. 409.6

    (iii B.C.).
    b esp. a contingent of 128 men, Ascl.Tact.2.8, Arr.Tact.10.2, Ael.Tact.9.3.
    c in late Gr., membership of the militia palatina (cf. ταξεώτης), Lib.Or.27.17.
    5 post or place in the line of battle, ἀξιεύμεθα ταύτης τῆς τ. Hdt.9.26, cf. 27;

    ἐν τῇ τ. εἶχε ἑωυτόν Id.1.82

    ; μένειν ἐν τῇ ἑωυτοῦ τ. Id.3.158;

    τ. φυλάξων E.Rh. 664

    ;

    ἡ τ. φυλακτέα X.Cyr.5.3.43

    ;

    ᾗ ἕκαστος τὴν τ. εἶχεν Id.An. 4.3.29

    ;

    τῆς πρώτης τ. τεταγμένος Lys.14.11

    , cf. Th.5.68 (fin.); ἐκλιπόντας τὴν τ. Hdt.5.75, cf. 9.21; λείπειν τὴν τ. And.1.74, Pl.Ap. 29a, D.13.34, 15.32, Aeschin.3.159, etc.;

    παραχωρεῖν τῆς τάξεως D.3.36

    , etc.; but ἡγεμὼν ἔξω τάξεων officer on the unattached list, Arch.Pap.3.188, cf. Sammelb. 599, OGI 69 ([place name] Coptos); so οἱ ἔξω τάξεως staff-officers, aides-de-camp, D.S.19.22.
    II generally, arrangement, order,

    ἡμερῶν τ. εἰς μηνῶν περιόδους Pl.Lg. 809d

    ; ἡ τῶν ὅλων τ. X.Cyr.8.7.22; disposition,

    τῆς ψυχῆς Gorg.Hel.14

    : Rhet., disposition, opp. λέξις, Arist.Rh. 1414a29;

    ἡ τ. τοῦ λόγου Aeschin.3.205

    , cf. D.18.2, Sor.1.18, Gal.Libr.Ord.1; ὕστερον τῇ τ. D.3.15, cf. Gal.6.68, 16.533; ἐν τ. εἶναι, = μένειν, Pl.Tht. 153e;

    τ. καὶ ἠρεμία Arist.EE 1218a23

    ;

    εἰ τὰ γυμνάσια ἔχοι τὴν τ. ἐνταῦθα Id.Pol. 1331a37

    ; difft. from θέσις or mere position, Id.Ph. 188a24, Thphr.Sens. 60 ( θέσεως τ. Gal.6.194; τ. θέσεως is dub. l. in 16.709); ἡ κατὰ τ. τινὰ βασιλεία, opp. ἀόριστος τυραννίς, Arist.Rh. 1366a2; καὶ τοῦτο κατὰ τ., ἕως.. and so on, until.., Sor.2.62.
    2 order, regularity,

    εἰς τ. ἄγειν ἐκ τῆς ἀταξίας Pl.Ti. 30a

    ;

    τ. καὶ κόσμος Id.Grg. 504a

    ; οὔτε νόμος οὔτε τ. Id.Lg. 875c, cf. R. 587a;

    τ. περιόδου Epicur.Ep.2p.42U.

    ;

    διὰ τάξεως γίγνεσθαι Pl.Lg. 780a

    ; τάξιν ἔχειν to be regular, Thphr. HP3.9.6; ἐν τάξει in an orderly manner, Pl.Lg. 637e; so

    τάξει SIG741.12

    (Nysa, i B.C., rendering of Lat. ordine).
    3 ordinance,

    κατὰ τὴν τ. τοῦ νόμου Pl.Lg. 925b

    ; παρὰ τὴν τοῦ νομοθέτου τ. Id.Plt. 305c, etc.
    4 τ. τοῦ φόρου assessment of tribute, X.Ath.3.5, cf. IG12.63.2, al.; τῶν ὀφειλημάτων περὶ τῆς πράξεως ib.57.13, cf. Lex ap.D.24.45; τ. τῆς ὑδρείας a ration of water, Pl.Lg. 844b.
    5 political order, constitution, τ. Κρητική, Λακωνική, etc., Arist.Pol. 1271b40, cf. Ath.3.1, al.
    III metaph. from 1.5, post, rank, position, station,

    ὑπὸ χθόνα τάξιν ἔχουσα A.Eu. 396

    (lyr.); ἡ τῶν ἀκοντιζόντων τ. Antipho 3.2.7; ἰδία τοῦ βίου τ. Isoc. 6.2; ἀνὴρ τῆς πρώτης τ. CIG2767.4 ([place name] Aphrodisias); οἰκέτου τ. D.18.258, cf. PGnom.43, 196 (ii A.D.), Mitteis Chr. 372 v 18 (ii A.D.);

    τ. ἔχοντος ἐν τῷ Μουσείῳ Sammelb.6674.10

    (ii A.D.); ἐν τῇ Θετταλῶν τάξει ranging herself with the T., D.18.63; ἐν ἐχθροῦ τ. as an enemy, Id.20.81, etc.; ἐν ἐπηρείας τάξει by way of insult, Id.18.13; ἀδύνατον εἶχεν τ. occupied an impossible position, i.e. was unthinkable, Hyp.(?) Oxy.1607.60; τὴν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἑλόμενον τάξιν πολιτεύεσθαι championship of your cause, D.18.138, cf. Ep.3.15; ἐγὼ τὴν τῆς εὐνοίας τ... οὐκ ἔλιπον post of patriotism, Id.18.173.
    IV order, class of men, X.Mem. 2.1.7; function, D.13.19.
    2 list, register, ὅπως ταγῇ αὐτοῦ τὸ ὄνομα ἐν τῇ τῶν τετελευτηκότων τ. Sammelb.7359.15, cf. 7404.6, PSI9.1064.38, 10.1141.10 (all ii A.D.);

    ἡ τ. τῶν κατοχίμων PTeb.318.21

    (ii A.D.);

    τ. λαογράφων PLond.2.182b2

    (ii A.D.).
    3 account,

    ἰδίας τάξεως POxy.61.8

    (iii A.D.), cf. PLond.3.1107.26,30 (iii A.D.).
    4 payment, ib.966.3 (iv A.D., cf. Arch.Pap.4.533).
    5 category of land, κατοικικὴ τ. BGU379.12 (i A.D.), cf. Wilcken Chr.341.15 (ii A.D.), etc.
    V reduction of hernia by manipulation, Gal.14.781.
    VI degree of heating power in drugs, Id.11.571,787, cf. Gorg.Hel. 14.
    VII treatise, ἐν τῇ ὑστέρᾳ τ. Ps.-Democr. ap. Zos.Alch.p.153 B.
    VIII fixed point of time, term,

    κατ' ἐνιαυτὸν ἢ κατά τινα ἄλλην τ. ἢ χρόνον Arist.Pol. 1261a34

    ; end (or perh. date fixed for the end),

    μέχρι τάξεως αὐτῆς τῆς τρύγης Sammelb.5810.15

    (iv A.D.).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τάξις

  • 14 κατά

    κατά (Hom.+) prep. (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά beg., also LfgrE s.v. κατά 1346; with the gen. 74 times in NT; w. acc. 391 times in NT).
    A. w. the gen.
    of location that is relatively lower, down from someth. (Hom. et al.; LXX; Ath. 1, 4 κ. κόρρης προπηλακίζειν=to smack on one side of the head) ὁρμᾶν κ. τοῦ κρημνοῦ rush down (from) the bank (cp. Polyb. 38, 16, 7 κ. τῶν κρημνῶν ῥίπτειν; Jos., Bell. 1, 313) Mt 8:32; Mk 5:13; Lk 8:33. κ. κεφαλῆς ἔχειν have someth. on one’s head (lit. hanging down fr. the head, as a veil. Cp. Plut., Mor. 200f ἐβάδιζε κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχων τὸ ἱμάτιον.; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 499, 5 of a mummy ἔχων τάβλαν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου) 1 Cor 11:4.
    of position relatively deep, into someth. (Od. 9, 330 κ. σπείους ‘into the depths of the cave’; Hdt. 7, 235; X., An. 7, 1, 30) ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία extreme (lit. ‘reaching down into the depths’; cp. Strabo 9, 3, 5 [419] ἄντρον κοῖλον κ. βάθους) or abysmal poverty 2 Cor 8:2. This may perh. be the mng. of πλήσσειν τινὰ κ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν strike someone deep into the eyes ApcPt 11:26 (cp. Demosth. 19, 197 ξαίνει κ. τοῦ νώτου; PPetr II, 18 [2b], 15 [246 B.C.] ἔτυπτεν αὐτὸν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου).—κ. γαστρός Just., D. 78, 3 for ἐν γαστρί Mt 1:18 (cp. Ath. 35, 2 τὸ κ. γαστρὸς ζῶον εἶναι).
    extension in various directions within an area, throughout (so in Luke’s writings; Polyb. 3, 19, 7 κ. τῆς νήσου διεσπάρησαν; PGiss 48, 8 κ. κυριακῆς γῆς; Jos., Ant. 8, 297; SibOr 3, 222; 4, 24; 5, 305) γνωστὸν γενέσθαι καθʼ ὅλης Ἰόππης become known throughout all Joppa Ac 9:42. καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 9:31; 10:37; Lk 23:5. φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθʼ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου 4:14.
    down upon, toward, against someone or someth, fig. ext. of 1.
    w. verbs of swearing, to denote what one swears by (Thu. 5, 47, 8; Lysias 32, 13; Isaeus 7, 28; Demosth. 21, 119; 29, 26; SIG 526, 4ff; 685, 25; UPZ 110, 39 [164 B.C.]; BGU 248, 13; Jdth 1:12; Is 45:23; 2 Ch 36:13) by ἐξορκίζειν (q.v.) Mt 26:63. ὀμνύναι (q.v.) Hb 6:13, 16. ὁρκίζειν (q.v.) Hs 9, 10, 5. Sim. ἐρωτᾶν κ. τινος request, entreat by someone Hv 3, 2, 3.
    in a hostile sense, against
    α. after verbs that express hostile action, etc. διχάζειν Mt 10:35. ἐπαίρεσθαι 2 Cor 10:5. ἰσχύειν Ac 19:16. κακοῦν 14:2. στρατεύεσθαι 1 Pt 2:11. φυσιοῦσθαι 1 Cor 4:6
    β. after words and expressions that designate hostile speech, esp. an accusation ἔχειν (τι) κ. τινος have or hold someth. against someone Rv 2:4, 14, 20. φέρειν J 18:29. ἐγκαλεῖν Ro 8:33. ἐντυγχάνειν τινὶ κ. τινος 11:2 (TestJob 17:5). κατηγορεῖν Lk 23:14. ποιεῖν κρίσιν Jd 15a. τὸ κ. ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον the bond that stands against us Col 2:14. ἐμφανίζειν Ac 24:1; 25:2. αἰτεῖσθαί τι 25:3, 15. αἱ κ. τινος αἰτίαι vs. 27. εἰπεῖν πονηρόν Mt 5:11 (cp. Soph., Phil. 65 κακὰ λέγειν κ. τινος. X., Hell. 1, 5, 2; Isocr., C. Nic. 13; Plut., Mor. 2a λέγειν κ.; SIG 1180, 1 λέγειν κ. τινος; Just., A I, 23, 3; 49, 6 κ. τῶν … ὁμολογούντων). λαλεῖν ῥήματα Ac 6:13; cp. Jd 15b (TestDan 4:3; JosAs 23:15). μαρτυρεῖν κ. τ. θεοῦ give testimony in contradiction to God 1 Cor 15:15. ζητεῖν μαρτυρίαν κ. τινος testimony against someone Mk 14:55. ψευδομαρτυρεῖν 14:56f. ψευδομαρτυρία Mt 26:59. γογγύζειν 20:11. στενάζειν Js 5:9. διδάσκειν Ac 21:28. συμβούλιον διδόναι (ποιεῖν v.l.) Mk 3:6; ς. λαβεῖν Mt 27:1. ψεύδεσθαι Js 3:14 (Lysias 22, 7; X., Ap. 13; Ath. 35, 1 καθʼ ἡμῶν … κατεψεύσατο).
    γ. after expressions that designate such a position or state of mind in a different way εἶναι κ. τινος be against someone (opp. ὑπέρ) Mk 9:40 (WNestle, ZNW 13, 1912, 84–87; AFridrichsen, ibid., 273–80); Ro 8:31; (opp. μετά) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23. δύνασθαί τι κ. τινος be able to do someth. against someone 2 Cor 13:8. ἔχειν τι κ. τινος have someth. against someone (in one’s heart) Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; Hs 9, 24, 2; cp. ibid. 23, 2, where the acc. is to be supplied. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. ἐπιθυμεῖν Gal 5:17. μερίζεσθαι καθʼ ἑαυτῆς Mt 12:25. Cp. 1 Cl 39:4 (Job 4:18).—κατά prob. means against also in ἔβαλεν κατʼ αὐτῆς ἄνεμος Ac 27:14. ἐτελείωσαν κ. τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα they completed the full measure of sins against their own head GPt 5:17.
    B. w. acc. (so in the NT 399 times [besides καθʼ εἷς and κατὰ εἷς])
    of extension in space, along, over, through, in, upon (Hom. et al.; OGI 90, 7 ἐκ τῶν κ. τ. χώραν ἱερῶν; PHib 82, 19; PTebt 5, 188; LXX; Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 5) Ac 24:12. καθʼ ὅλην τ. πόλιν throughout the city Lk 8:39 (cp. Diod S 4, 10, 6 καθʼ ὅλην τὴν Ἐλλάδα). ἐγένετο λιμὸς κ. τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 15:14. κ. τὰς κώμας 9:6. κ. πόλεις καὶ κώμας 13:22 (Appian., Maced. 9 §1 and 4 κ. πόλεις; Just., A I, 67, 3 κ. πόλεις ἢ ἀγρούς).—κ. τόπους in place after place Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:11 (Theophr., περὶ σημ. 1, 4 p. 389 W.; Cat. Cod. Astr. III 28, 11 ἐν μέρει τ. ἀνατολῆς κ. τόπους, VIII/3, 186, 1 λιμὸς καὶ λοιμὸς καὶ σφαγαὶ κ. τόπους). οἱ ὄντες κ. τὴν Ἰουδαίαν those throughout Judea or living in Judea Ac 11:1. διασπαρῆναι κ. τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας be scattered over the regions of Judea 8:1. κ. τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν in the congregation there 13:1. τοῖς κ. τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς 15:23. τοὺς κ. τὰ ἔθνη Ἰουδαίους the Judeans (dispersed) throughout the nations 21:21. τοῖς κ. τὸν νόμον γεγραμμένοις throughout the law = in the law 24:14b. κ. τὴν ὁδόν along or on the way (Lucian, Catapl. 4; Jos., Ant. 8, 404) Lk 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. τὸ κ. Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν πέλαγος the sea along the coast of Cilicia and Pamphylia 27:5; but the geographical designation τὰ μέρη τ. Λιβύης τῆς κ. Κυρήνην 2:10 prob. belongs to b: the parts of Libya toward Cyrene.
    of extension toward, toward, to, up to ἐλθεῖν (γίνεσθαι v.l.) κ. τὸν τόπον come up to the place (Jos., Vi. 283) Lk 10:32. ἐλθόντες κ. τὴν Μυσίαν to Mysia Ac 16:7; cp. 27:7. πορεύεσθαι κ. μεσημβρίαν (s. μεσημβρία 2) toward the south 8:26 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 505). κ. σκοπὸν διώκειν run (over the course) toward the goal Phil 3:14. λιμὴν βλέπων κ. λίβα καὶ κ. χῶρον a harbor open to the southwest and northwest Ac 27:12 (s. βλέπω 8).—κ. πρόσωπον to the face (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 205) Gal 2:11. ἔχειν τινὰ κ. πρόσωπον meet someone face to face (Thieme 19 has reff. for the use of κατὰ πρόσωπον as a legal formula) Ac 25:16. κ. πρόσωπον ταπεινός humble when personally present 2 Cor 10:1. κ. πρόσωπόν τινος in the presence of someone Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13. τὰ κ. πρόσωπον what lies before one’s eyes, i.e. is obvious 2 Cor 10:7. κ. ὀφθαλμοὺς προγράφειν portray before one’s eyes Gal 3:1.
    of isolation or separateness, by (Thu. 1, 138, 6 οἱ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς Ἕλληνες ‘the Greeks by themselves’; Polyb. 1, 24, 4; 5, 78, 3; 11, 17, 6; Diod S 13, 72, 8; Gen 30:40; 43:32; 2 Macc 13:13; Philo, Migr. Abr. 87; 90; Just., D. 4, 5 αὐτὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν γενομένη; Tat. 13, 1 ἡ ψυχὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν; Ath. 15, 2 ὁ πηλὸς καθʼ ἑαυτόν) ἔχειν τι καθʼ ἑαυτόν keep someth. to oneself Ro 14:22 (cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 255; Heliod. 7, 16, 1). καθʼ ἑαυτὸν μένειν live by oneself of the private dwelling of Paul in Rome Ac 28:16. πίστις νεκρὰ καθʼ ἑαυτήν faith by itself is dead Js 2:17 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 3, 43 τὸ σῶμα καθʼ αὑτὸ νεκρόν ἐστιν). ἡ κατʼ οἶκον ἐκκλησία the congregation in the house Ro 16:5; 1 Cor 16:19. κατʼ ἰδίαν s. ἴδιος 5. κ. μόνας (Thu. 1, 32, 5; Menand., Epitr. 988 S. [658 Kö.], Fgm. 146 Kö. [158 Kock]; Polyb. 4, 15, 11; Diod S 4, 51, 16; BGU 813, 15 [s. APF 2, 1903, 97]; LXX) alone, by oneself Mk 4:10; Lk 9:18; Hm 11:8 (here, as well as BGU loc. cit. and LXX, written as one word καταμόνας).
    of places viewed serially, distributive use w. acc., x by x (Arrian., Anab. 4, 21, 10 κ. σκηνήν=tent by tent) or from x to x: κατʼ οἶκον from house to house (PLond III, 904, 20 p. 125 [104 A.D.] ἡ κατʼ οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή) Ac 2:46b; 5:42 (both in ref. to various house assemblies or congregations; w. less probability NRSV ‘at home’); cp. 20:20. Likew. the pl. κ. τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος 8:3. κ. τὰς συναγωγάς 22:19. κ. πόλιν (Jos., Ant. 6, 73) from city to city IRo 9:3, but in every (single) city Ac 15:21; 20:23; Tit 1:5. Also κ. πόλιν πᾶσαν (cp. Herodian 1, 14, 9) Ac 15:36; κ. πᾶσαν πόλιν 20:23 D. κ. πόλιν καὶ κώμην Lk 8:1; cp. vs. 4.
    marker of temporal aspect (Hdt. et al.; ins, pap, LXX, apolog.)
    in definite indications of time: at, on, during (Hdt. 8, 17; Polemon Soph. B 43 Reader κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ‘in the course of that day’) κατʼ ἀρχάς in the beginning (cp. ἀρχή 1b) Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26). κ. τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ in the day of trial 3:8 (Ps 94:8.—Cp. Antig. Car. 173 κ. τὸν σπόρου καιρόν). νεκροῦ … ἀνάστασιν κατʼ αὐτὸν γεγονυῖαν ἱστορεῖ (Papias) reports that a resurrection from the dead occurred in his time Papias (2, 9; so, with personal names, Hdt.; Just., D. 23, 1 τοῦ θεοῦ … τοῦ κ. τὸν Ἐνώχ; Tat. 31, 2 Θεαγένης … κ. Καμβύσην γεγονώς). Of the future: κ. τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον at that time, then Ro 9:9 (Gen 18:10). Of the past: κ. ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν at that time, then (2 Macc 3:5; TestJos 12:1; Jos., Ant. 8, 266; cp. κατʼ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ καιροῦ Konon: 26 Fgm. 3 p. 191, 25 Jac.; Just., A I, 17, 2; 26, 3 al.) Ac 12:1; 19:23. κ. καιρόν at that time, then Ro 5:6 (Just., D. 132, 1; cp. OGI 90, 28 καθʼ ὸ̔ν καιρόν), unless καιρός here means the right time (s. καιρός 1b end). κατʼ ὄναρ (as καθʼ ὕπνον Gen 20:6; Just., D 60, 5 κ. τοὺς ὕπνους) during a dream, in a dream Mt 1:20; 2:12 (s. s.v. ὄναρ for ins).
    with indefinite indications of time: toward, about κ. τὸ μεσονύκτιον about midnight Ac 16:25; cp. 27:27.—8:26 (s. μεσημβρία 1).
    distributively (cp. 1d): x period by x period: κατʼ ἔτος every year (s. ἔτος) Lk 2:41. Also κατʼ ἐνιαυτόν (s. ἐνιαυτός 1) Hb 9:25; 10:1, 3. καθʼ ἡμέραν daily, every day (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49; Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l. ἡ ἐπίστασις ἡ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἐπίστασις) 2 Cor 11:28. κ. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν every day (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:7. Also καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Hb 3:13. κ. μίαν σαββάτου on the first day of every week 1 Cor 16:2. κ. πᾶν σάββατον every Sabbath Ac 13:27; 15:21b; 18:4. κ. μῆνα ἕκαστον each month Rv 22:2 (κ. μῆνα as SIG 153, 65; POxy 275, 18; 2 Macc 6:7). κ. ἑορτήν at each festival Mt 27:15; Mk 15:6.
    marker of division of a greater whole into individual parts, at a time, in detail, distributive use apart from indications of place (s. above 1d) and time (s. 2c)
    w. numerals: κ. δύο ἢ τὸ πλεῖστον τρεῖς two or, at the most, three at a time (i.e. in any one meeting, cp. ἀνὰ μέρος) 1 Cor 14:27 (Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 42 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς; Jos., Ant. 3, 142 κ. ἕξ; 5, 172 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς). καθʼ ἕνα (on this and the foll. s. εἷς 5e) singly, one after the other vs. 31. κ. ἕνα λίθον each individual stone Hs 9, 3, 5; καθʼ ἕνα λίθον 9, 6, 3. κ. ἓν ἕκαστον one by one, in detail Ac 21:19; 1 Cl 32:1 (Ath. 28, 4 καθʼ ἕκαστον). εἷς καθʼ εἷς Mk 14:19; J 8:9; cp. Ro 12:5 (B-D-F §305; Rob. 460). κ. ἑκατὸν καὶ κ. πεντήκοντα in hundreds and in fifties Mk 6:40.
    περί τινος λέγειν κ. μέρος speak of someth. in detail Hb 9:5 (s. μέρος 1c). κατʼ ὄνομα (each one) by name (ἀσπάζομαι … τοὺς ἐνοίκους πάντες κα[τʼ] ὄνομα PTebt [III A.D.] 422, 11–16; Jos., Vi. 86) J 10:3; 3J 15 (cp. BGU 27, 18); ISm 13:2.
    marker of intention or goal, for the purpose of, for, to (Thu. 6, 31, 1 κ. θέαν ἥκειν=to look at something; cp. Sb 7263, 6 [254 B.C.]; X., An. 3, 5, 2 καθʼ ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι; Arrian, Anab. 1, 17, 12; 4, 5, 1; 21, 9; 6, 17, 6; 26, 2; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 29; Anton. Lib., Fab. 24, 1 Δημήτηρ ἐπῄει γῆν ἅπασαν κ. ζήτησιν τῆς θυγατρός; 38; Jdth 11:19) κ. τὸν καθαρισμὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων for the Jewish ceremonial purification J 2:6. κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω to my shame 2 Cor 11:21 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 268 κ. τιμὴν τ. θεοῦ τοῦτο ποιῶν). ἀπόστολος … κ. πίστιν … καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν an apostle … for the faith … and the knowledge Tit 1:1 (but the mng. ‘in accordance with’ is also prob.).
    marker of norm of similarity or homogeneity, according to, in accordance with, in conformity with, according to
    to introduce the norm which governs someth.
    α. the norm of the law, etc. (OGI 56, 33; Mitt-Wilck., I/2, 352, 11 κ. τὰ κελευσθέντα [as Just., D. 78, 7]; POxy 37 II, 8) κ. τὸν νόμον (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51; Just., D. 10, 1 al.; Ath. 31, 1; κ. τοὺς νόμους Ἀρεοπαγείτης, letter of MAurelius: ZPE 8, ’71, 169, ln. 27) Lk 2:22; J 18:31; 19:7; Hb 7:5. τὰ κ. τ. νόμον what is to be done according to the law Lk 2:39 (cp. EpArist 32). κ. τὸ ὡρισμένον in accordance w. what has been determined 22:22. Cp. 1:9; 2:24, 27, 42; Ac 17:2; 22:3. κ. τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου Ro 2:16; 16:25a; 2 Ti 2:8. κ. τὸ εἰρημένον Ro 4:18 (cp. Ath. 28, 1 κ. τὰ προειρημένα). κ. τὰς γραφάς (Just., D. 82, 4; cp. Paus. 6, 21, 10 κ. τὰ ἔπη=according to the epic poems; Just., A I, 32, 14 κ. τὸ λόγιον, D. 67, 1 κ. τὴν προφητείαν ταύτην) 1 Cor 15:3; cp. Js 2:8. κ. τὴν παράδοσιν Mk 7:5 (Tat. 39, 1 κ. τὴν Ἑλλήνων παράδοσιν).—κ. λόγον as one wishes (exx. in Dssm., B 209 [not in BS]; also PEleph 13, 1; 3 Macc 3:14) Ac 18:14 (though 5bβ below is also prob.).—It can also stand simply w. the acc. of the pers. according to whose will, pleasure, or manner someth. occurs κ. θεόν (cp. Socrat., Ep. 14, 5 κ. θεόν; 26, 2; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 1 Jac. and Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 84 §352 κ. δαίμονα; Jos., Ant. 4, 143 ὁ κ. τοῦτον[=θεόν] βίος; Just., D. 5, 1 κ. τινας … Πλατωνικούς; Tat. 1, 3 κ. … τὸν κωμικόν) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9–11; κ. Χριστὸν Ἰ. Ro 15:5. κ. κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. Cp. 1 Pt 1:15. κ. τ. Ἕλληνας in the manner of the Greeks, i.e. polytheists PtK 2, p. 14, 1; 7. κ. Ἰουδαίους ln. 25.
    β. the norm according to which a judgment is rendered, or rewards or punishments are given ἀποδοῦναι τινι κ. τ. πρᾶξιν or ἔργα αὐτοῦ (Ps 61:13; Pr 24:12; Just., A I, 12, 1; 17, 4 al.; κατʼ ἀξίαν τῶν πράξεων) Mt 16:27; Ro 2:6; 2 Ti 4:14; Rv 2:23. μισθὸν λήμψεται κ. τ. ἴδιον κόπον 1 Cor 3:8. κρίνειν κ. τι J 7:24; 8:15; 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Ro 2:2.
    γ. of a standard of any other kind κ. τ. χρόνον ὸ̔ν ἠκρίβωσεν in accordance w. the time which he had ascertained Mt 2:16. κ. τ. πίστιν ὑμῶν acc. to your faith 9:29. κ. τ. δύναμιν acc. to his capability 25:15 (Just., D. 139, 4; Tat. 12, 3; cp. Just., A II, 13, 6 κ. δύναμιν). Cp. Lk 1:38; 2:29; Ro 8:4; 10:2; Eph 4:7. ἀνὴρ κ. τ. καρδίαν μου Ac 13:22 (καρδία 1bε).
    δ. Oft. the norm is at the same time the reason, so that in accordance with and because of are merged: οἱ κ. πρόθεσιν κλητοί Ro 8:28. κατʼ ἐπιταγὴν θεοῦ 16:26; 1 Ti 1:1; Tit 1:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Eph 3:3 (Just., D. 78, 2). οἱ καθʼ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ Ro 2:7. κατʼ ἐκλογήν 11:5 (Just., D. 49, 1). Cp. κ. τὴν βουλήν Eph 1:11 (Just., A I, 63, 16 al.); 2 Th 2:9; Hb 7:16. κ. τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; by what shall I know this? (cp. Gen 15:8) Lk 1:18.—Instead of ‘in accordance w.’ κ. can mean simply because of, as a result of, on the basis of (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 219 D.: κ. τοὺς νόμους; Jos., Ant. 1, 259; 278; Just., A I, 54, 1 κατʼ ἐνέργειαν τῶν φαύλων δαιμόνων; Ath. 7, 1 κ. συμπάθειαν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πνοῆς; 32, 1 κ. χρησμόν). κ. πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any and every reason (αἰτία 1) Mt 19:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Gal 2:2. Cp. Ro 2:5; 1 Cor 12:8 (κ. τ. πνεῦμα = διὰ τοῦ πν.); Eph 1:5; 4:22b; Phil 4:11; 1 Ti 5:21; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 3:5; κ. ἀνάγκην Phlm 14 (Ar. 1, 2; 4, 2 al.; Just., A I, 30, 1; 61, 10; Ath. 24, 2); IPol 1:3. ὁ κ. τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 Pt 1:3.—καθʼ ὅσον (Thu. 4, 18, 4) in so far as, inasmuch as Hb 3:3. καθʼ ὅσον …, κ. τοσοῦτο in so far as …, just so far (Lysias 31, 8; Galen, De Dignosc. Puls. 3, 2, VIII 892 K.) 7:20, 22.
    as a periphrasis to express equality, similarity, or example in accordance with, just as, similar(ly) to (TestJob 32:6 τίς γὰρ κ. σε ἐν μέσῳ τῶν τέκνων σου; Tat. 25, 1 κ. … τὸν Πρωτέα like Proteus; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 50: sheep are not burden-bearers κ. τοὺς ὄνους=as donkeys are).
    α. κ. τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε do not do as they do Mt 23:3. κ. Ἰσαάκ just as Isaac Gal 4:28. κ. θεὸν κτισθείς Eph 4:24 (Synes., Prov. 2, 2 p. 118c κ. θεόν=just as a god). Cp. Col 3:10. κ. τὸν τύπον Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40; Mel., P. 58, 424 [νόμον v.l.]). Cp. 5:6 (Ps 109:4); 8:9 (Jer 38: 32); Js 3:9.—κ. τὰ αὐτά in (just) the same way (OGI 56, 66; PEleph 2, 6; 1 Macc 8:27; 12:2; Just., D. 1, 2; 3, 5; 113, 3) Lk 6:23, 26; 17:30; Dg 3:1. On the other hand, the sing. κ. τὸ αὐτό Ac 14:1 means together (marriage contract PEleph 1, 5 [IV B.C.] εἶναι ἡμᾶς κ. ταὐτό; 1 Km 11:11). καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον just as (2 Macc 6:20; 4 Macc 14:17) Ac 15:11; 27:25. καθʼ ὅσον …, οὕτως (just) as …, so Hb 9:27. κ. πάντα τρόπον in every way (PSI 520, 16 [250 B.C.]; PCairZen 631, 2; 3 Macc 3:24) Ro 3:2. κ. μηδένα τρόπον (PMagd 14, 9 [221 B.C.]; PRein 7, 31; 3 Macc 4:13; 4 Macc 4:24; Just., D. 35, 7; s. Reader, Polemo 262) 2 Th 2:3. Cp. Johannessohn, Kasus, 1910, 82. κατά w. acc. serves in general
    β. to indicate the nature, kind, peculiarity or characteristics of a thing (freq. as a periphrasis for the adv.; e.g. Antiochus of Syracuse [V B.C.]: 555 Fgm. 12 Jac. κ. μῖσος=out of hate, filled with hate) κατʼ ἐξουσίαν with authority or power Mk 1:27. κ. συγκυρίαν by chance Lk 10:31. κ. ἄγνοιαν without knowing Ac 3:17 (s. ἄγνοια 2a). κ. ἄνθρωπον 1 Cor 3:3 al. (s. Straub 15; Aeschyl., Th. 425; ἄνθρωπος 2b). κ. κράτος powerfully, Ac 19:20 (κράτος 1a). κ. λόγον reasonably, rightly (Pla.; Polyb. 1, 62, 4; 5; 5, 110, 10; Jos., Ant. 13, 195; PYale 42, 24 [12 Jan., 229 B.C.]) 18:14 (but s. above 5aα). λέγειν τι κ. συγγνώμην οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν say someth. as a concession, not as a command 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. κ. τάξιν in (an) order(ly manner) 1 Cor 14:40 (τάξις 2). κατʼ ὀφθαλμοδουλίαν with eye-service Eph 6:6. μηδὲν κατʼ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ κ. κενοδοξίαν Phil 2:3. κ. ζῆλος zealously 3:6a, unless this pass. belongs under 6 below, in its entirety. κ. σάρκα on the physical plane Ro 8:12f; 2 Cor 1:17; also 5:16ab, if here κ. ς. belongs w. οἴδαμεν or ἐγνώκαμεν (as Bachmann, JWeiss, H-D Wendland, Sickenberger take it; s. 7a below). καθʼ ὑπερβολήν (PTebt 42, 5f [c. 114 B.C.] ἠδικημένος καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὸ, Ἁρμιύσιος; 4 Macc 3:18) beyond measure, beyond comparison Ro 7:13; 1 Cor 12:31; 2 Cor 4:17. καθʼ ὁμοιότητα (Aristot.; Gen 1:12; Philo, Fug. 51; Tat. 12, 4 κ. τὸ ὅμοιον αὐτῇ) in a similar manner Hb 4:15b. κ. μικρόν in brief B 1:5 (μικρός 1eγ).
    denoting relationship to someth., with respect to, in relation to κ. σάρκα w. respect to the flesh, physically of human descent Ro 1:3; 4:1; 9:3, 5 (Ar. 15, 7 κ. σάρκα … κ. ψυχήν; Just., D. 43, 7 ἐν τῷ γένει τῷ κ. σάρκα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ al.). κ. τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 7:22 (cp. POxy 904, 6 πληγαῖς κατακοπτόμενον κ. τὸ σῶμα). Cp. Ro 1:4; 11:28; Phil 3:5, 6b (for vs. 6a s. 5bβ above); Hb 9:9b. τὰ κ. τινα (Hdt. 7, 148; Diod S 1, 10, 73; Aelian, VH 2, 20; PEleph 13, 3; POxy 120, 14; Tob 10:9; 1 Esdr 9:17; 2 Macc 3:40; 9:3 al.) someone’s case, circumstances Ac 24:22 (cp. PEleph 13, 3 τὰ κ. σε; Just., A I, 61, 13 τὰ κ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν πάντα, D. 102, 2 τὰ κ. αὐτόν; Ath. 24, 4 τὸ κ. τοὺς ἀγγέλους); 25:14; Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. κ. πάντα in all respects (since Thu. 4, 81, 3; Sb 4324, 3; 5761, 22; SIG 834, 7; Gen 24:1; Wsd 19:22; 2 Macc 1:17; 3 Macc 5:42; JosAs 1:7; Just., A II, 4, 4, D. 35, 8 al.); Ac 17:22; Col 3:20, 22a; Hb 2:17 (Artem. 1, 13 αὐτῷ ὅμοιον κ. π.); 4:15a.
    Somet. the κατά phrase, which would sound cumbersome in the rendering ‘such-and-such’, ‘in line with’, or ‘in accordance with’, is best rendered as an adj., a possessive pron., or with a genitival construction to express the perspective from which something is perceived or to be understood. In translation it thus functions as
    an adj. (Synes., Kingdom 4 p. 4d τὰ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἔργα i.e. the deeds that are commensurate with that which is exceptional = virtuous deeds; PHib 27, 42 ταῖς κ. σελήνην ἡμέραις; 4 Macc 5:18 κ. ἀλήθειαν=ἀληθής; Just., A I, 2, 1 τοὺς κ. ἀλήθειαν εὐσεβεῖς; Tat. 26, 2 τῆς κ. ἀλήθειαν σοφίας) οἱ κ. φύσιν κλάδοι the natural branches Ro 11:21. ἡ κατʼ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλία 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Tit 1:1b. οἱ κ. σάρκα κύριοι the earthly masters (in wordplay, anticipating the κύριος who is in the heavens, vs. 9) Eph 6:5. Cp. 2 Cor 5:16b, in case (s. 5bβ above) κ. ς. belongs w. Χριστόν (as the majority, incl. Ltzm., take it): a physical Christ, a Christ in the flesh, in his earthly relationships (σάρξ 5). Correspondingly in vs. 16a κ. ς. would be taken w. οὐδένα: no one simply as a physical being.—JMartyn, JKnox Festschr., ’67, 269–87.
    a possessive pron., but with limiting force (Demosth. 2, 27 τὰ καθʼ ὑμᾶς ἐλλείμματα [i.e. in contrast to the activities of others: ‘your own’]; Aelian, VH 2, 42 ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀρετή; 3, 36; OGI 168, 17 παραγεγονότες εἰς τοὺς καθʼ ὑμᾶς τόπους; SIG 646, 6; 807, 15 al.; UPZ 20, 9 [II B.C.] ἐπὶ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς λειτουργίας; PTebt 24, 64; 2 Macc 4:21; Tat. 42, 1 τίς ὁ θεὸς καὶ τίς ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ποίησις; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7 ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφία) τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν τινες some of your (own) poets Ac 17:28. ἡ καθʼ ὑμᾶς πίστις Eph 1:15. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς νόμος Ac 18:15. τὸ κατʼ ἐμὲ πρόθυμον my eagerness Ro 1:15.
    a gen. w. a noun (Polyb. 3, 113, 1 ἡ κ. τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατολή; 2, 48, 2; 3, 8, 1 al.; Diod S 14, 12 ἡ κ. τὸν τύραννον ὠμότης; Dionys. Hal. 2, 1; SIG 873, 5 τῆς κ. τ. μυστήρια τελετῆς; 569, 22; 783, 20; PTebt 5, 25; PLond III, 1164k, 20 p. 167 [212 A.D.] ὑπὸ τοῦ κ. πατέρα μου ἀνεψιοῦ) τὰ κ. Ἰουδαίους ἔθη the customs of the Judeans Ac 26:3 (Tat. 12, 5 τῇ κ. Βαβυλωνίους προγνωστικῇ; 34, 2 ἡ κ. τὸν Ἀριστόδημον πλαστική). Cp. 27:2. ἡ κ. πίστιν δικαιοσύνη the righteousness of faith Hb 11:7. ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις purpose of election Ro 9:11.—Here also belong the titles of the gospels εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Ματθαῖον etc., where κατά is likew. periphrasis for a gen. (cp. JLydus, De Mag. 3, 46 p. 136, 10 Wünsch τῆς κ. Λουκανὸν συγγραφῆς; Herodian 2, 9, 4 of an autobiography ἐν τῷ καθʼ αὑτὸν βίῳ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 18 τ. καθʼ αὐτὸν ἱστορίαν; 2 Macc 2:13. Cp. B-D-F §163; 224, 2; Zahn, Einleitung §49; BBacon, Why ‘According to Mt’? Exp., 8th ser., 16, 1920, 289–310).—On the periphrasis of the gen. by κατά s. Rudberg (ἀνά beg.) w. many exx. fr. Pla. on. But it occurs as early as Thu. 6, 16, 5 ἐν τῷ κατʼ αὐτοὺς βίῳ.—M-M. DELG. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κατά

  • 15 ἔωρτο

    A v. ἀείρω. [full] ἕως (A) , [dialect] Att. form of the [dialect] Ion. ἠώς (q. v.).
    ------------------------------------
    ἕως (B), [dialect] Ep. [full] εἵως, [full] ἧος (v. sub fin.), [dialect] Dor. [full] ἇς, [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἆς (qq.v.), [dialect] Boeot. [full] ἇς IG7.3303, al., and [full] ἅως ib.2228, 3315.
    A Relat. Particle, expressing the point of Time up to which an action goes, with reference to the end of the action, until, till; or to its continuance, while:
    I until, till,
    1 with Ind., of a fact in past time,

    θῦνε διὰ προμάχων, ἧος φίλον ὤλεσε θυμόν Il.11.342

    , cf. Od.5.123;

    ἕ. ἀπώλεσέν τε καὐτὸς ἐξαπώλετο S.Fr. 236

    , cf. A.Pers. 428, Pl.Chrm. 155c, etc.; for

    πρίν, μὴ πρότερον ἀπελθεῖν ἕως ἀποκατέστησε τὰ πράγματα D.S.27.4

    : with [tense] impf. with ἄν in apodosi, of an unaccomplished action, ἡδέως ἂν Καλλικλεῖ διελεγόμην, ἕ. ἀπέδωκα I would have gone on conversing till I had.., Pl.Grg. 506b, cf.Cra. 396c.
    2 ἕ. ἄν or κε with Subj. (mostly of [tense] aor.), of an event at an uncertain future time, μαχήσομαι.. ἧός κε τέλος πολέμοιο κιχείω till I find, Il.3.291, cf. 24.183, A.Pr. 810, etc.: ἄν is sts. omitted in Trag.,

    ἕ. μάθῃς S.Aj. 555

    ;

    ἕ. κληθῇ Id.Tr. 148

    ;

    ἕ. ἀνῇ τὸ πῆμα Id.Ph. 764

    : so freq. in later Gr., UPZ18.10 (ii B. C.), PGrenf. 2.38.16 (i B. C.), Ev.Marc.14.32, Vett. Val.68.18, etc.;

    ἕ. οὗ γένηται Gem.8.32

    .
    3 ἕ. with Opt. (mostly of [tense] aor.), relating to an event future in relation to past time, ὦρσε.. Βορέην, ἧος ὃ Φαιήκεσσι.. μιγείη caused it to blow, till he should reach.., Od.5.386, cf. 9.376, Ar.Ra. 766, Pl.Phd. 59d;

    ἕως δέοι βοηθεῖν Th.3.102

    , cf.Lys.13.25: ἄν or κε is added to the Opt. (not to ἕως), if the event is represented as conditional, ἕ. κ' ἀπὸ πάντα δοθείη till (if possible) all things should be given back, Od.2.78;

    οὐκ [ἂν] ἀποκρίναιο, ἕ. ἂν σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d

    , cf. S.Tr. 687 codd., Isoc.17.15, IG22.1328 (ii B.C.).
    b in orat. obliq.,

    ἔδωκεν.. ἕ. ἀνὴρ εἶναι δοκιμασθείην D.27.5

    .
    c by assimilation to an opt. with

    ἄν, [λόγον] ἂν διδοίης ἕ. ἔλθοις Pl.Phd. 101d

    .
    4 c. subj. or opt., expressing purpose, in order that, Od.4.800, 6.80, 19.367;

    πορεύου εἰς Διονυσιάδα.. ἕως τὸν ἐκεῖ ἐλαιῶνα ποτίσῃς PFay.118.12

    (ii A. D.); σπούδασον ἕως οὗ ἀγοράσῃ κτλ. POxy.113.25 (ii A. D.); χρυσίον ἐδανισάμην ἕως ὅτε δυνηθῶ ἀγοράσαι ib.130.13 (vi A. D.).
    5 with Inf. in orat. obliq.,

    ἐντειλάμενος διεκπλέειν ἕ... ἀπικνέεσθαι Hdt.4.42

    : otherwise only in later Gr.,

    ἕ. ἐλθεῖν ἐς.. LXX Ge.10.19

    , cf. PLond. 1.131r251 (i A. D.), D.H.9.4 (v.l.), Anon. ap. Suid.s.v. ἰλυσπώμενον.
    6 with Advbs. of Time and Place, ἕ. ὅτε till the time when, c. ind., v.l. for ἔστε in X.Cyr.5.1.25; ἕ. οὗ, f.l. for ἐς οὗ, Hdt.2.143: freq. in later Gr., Gem.l.c., Ev.Matt.1.25, etc.; ἕ. ὅτου ib.5.25, etc.; ἕ. πότε; how long? ib.17.17, Ev.Jo.10.24;

    ἕ. τότε LXX Ne.2.16

    ; ἕ. ὀψέ till late, f.l.for ἐς ὀψέ, Th.3.108;

    ἕ. ἄρτι 1 Ep.Jo.2.9

    ; ἕ. ὧδε as far as this place, Ev.Luc.23.5.
    b with Preps., of Time,

    ἕ. πρὸς καλὸν ἑῷον ἀστέρα AP5.200

    ; of Place,

    ἕ. εἰς τὸν χάρακα Plb.1.11.14

    ;

    ἕ. πρὸς τὸν Καύκασον D.S.2.43

    ;

    ἕ. ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Act.Ap.17.14

    .
    II as Prep.,
    1 of Time, c. gen., until, ἕως τοῦ ἀποτεῖσαι until he has made payment, Lexap.Aeschin.1.42, cf. LXX Ge.3.19, etc.;

    ἕ. τελειώσεως Epicur.Ep. 2p.38U.

    ;

    ἕ. ὡρισμένων χρόνων Phld.D.1.7

    ; ἕ. τινός for a time, Parth. 9.2, etc.;

    ἕ. τοῦ νῦν Ev.Matt.24.21

    ; ἕ. Ἰωάννου ib.11.13.
    b of Place,

    ἕ. τοῦ γενέσθαι..

    up to the point where..

    Arist.PA 668b2

    , cf. HA 630b27, Plb.9.36.1; as far as,

    ἕ. Σάρδεων Ath.Mitt.44.25

    (Samos, iii B.C.);

    ἕ. τοῦ Ἀρσινοΐτου νομοῦ PTeb.33.5

    (ii B.C.);

    ἕ. Φοινίκης Act.Ap.11.19

    : so c. gen. pers.,

    ἦλθον ἕ. αὐτοῦ Ev.Luc.4.42

    , cf. LXX 4 Ki. 4.22.
    c of Number or Degree, ἕ. τριῶν πλοίων Docum. ap. D.18.106;

    διδόναι ἕ. ταλάντων ἑκατόν LXX 1 Es.8.19(21)

    ; οὐκ ἔστιν ἕ. ἑνός ib.Ps. 13.3;

    οὐκ ἔχομεν ἕ. τῆς τροφῆς τῶν κτηνῶν PTeb.56.7

    (ii B.C.);

    ἐᾶτε ἕ. τούτου Ev.Luc.22.51

    ;

    μαχοῦμαι ἕ. ζωῆς καὶ θανάτου OGI266.29

    (Pergam., iii B.C.);

    ἕ. μέθης Corn.ND30

    .
    2 rarely c. acc.,

    ἕ. πρωΐ LXX Jd.19.25

    ;

    ἕ. μεσημβρίαν PLond.1.131r346

    , 515 (i A.D.); ἕ. τὸ βωμῷ down to the word " βωμῷ", Sch.Pi.O.6.111.
    III while, so long as, c. ind.,

    ἧος ἐνὶ Τροίῃ πολεμίζομεν Od.13.315

    , cf.17.358, 390;

    ἕ. δ' ἔτ' ἔμφρων εἰμί A.Ch. 1026

    , cf. Pers. 710 (troch.); ἕ. ἔτι ἐλπὶς [ἦν] Th.8.40;

    ἕ. ἔτινέος εἶ Pl.Prm. 135d

    : in this sense answered in apodosi by τῆος, Od.4.90, Il.20.41; by τόφρα, Od.12.327, Il.18.15; by τόφρα δέ, 10.507; by δέ alone, 1.193, Od.4.120 codd.
    b ἕ. ἄν c.subj., when the whole action is future,

    οὔ μοι.. ἐλπίς, ἕ. ἂν αἴθῃ πῦρ A.Ag. 1435

    ;

    λέγειν τε χρὴ καὶ ἐρωτᾶν, ἕως ἂν ἐῶσιν Pl.Phd. 85b

    ;

    οὐδὲν ἔστ' αὐτῷ βεβαίως ἔχειν ἕ. ἂν ὑμεῖς δημοκρατῆσθε D.10.13

    .
    c ἕως c. opt. in a Conditional relative clause,

    φήσομεν μηδὲν ἂν μεῖζον μηδὲ ἔλαττον γενέσθαι ἕ. ἴσον εἴη αὐτὸ ἐαυτῷ Pl.Tht. 155a

    .
    B in Hom. sts. Demonstr.,= τέως, for a time,

    ἧος μὲν.. ὄρνυον· αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ.. Il.12.141

    ;

    ἧος μὲν ἀπείλει.. · ἀλλ' ὅτε δὴ.. 13.143

    , cf. 17.727, 730, Od.2.148;

    ἧος μὲν.. ἕποντο.. αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ.. Il.15.277

    ; all that time, Od.3.126, cf. Hdt.8.74. ( ἕως, as iambus, only once in Hom., Od.2.78; as a monosyll., Il.17.727, dub.l. in Od.2.148; when the first syllable is to be long codd. Hom. have εἵως or ἕως (never εἷος or ἧος, Ludwich WkP1890.512, exc. ειος v.l. (PFay. 160 ) in Il.20.41), 3.291, 11.342, al.; εἵως (or ἕως) is found even when the metre requires a trochee, 1.193, al.; comparison of [dialect] Dor. ἇς (from Αος ) with [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. ἕως points to early [dialect] Ion. Ηος (cf. Skt. yāvat 'as great as, as long as, until') and this should prob. be restored in Hom.; cf. τέως.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἔωρτο

  • 16 διά

    διά prep. w. gen. and acc. (Hom.+) (for lit. s. ἀνά, beg.); the fundamental idea that finds expression in this prep. is separation, esp. in the gen., with the gener. sense ‘through’; in the acc. the gener. sense also is ‘through’ (cp. the semantic range in Eng.), but primarily with a causal focus ‘owing to’.
    A. w. gen.
    marker of extension through an area or object, via, through
    w. verbs of going διέρχεσθαι διὰ πάντων (sc. τόπων, EpArist 132) go through all the places Ac 9:32; cp. Mt 12:43; Lk 11:24. ἀπελεύσομαι διʼ ὑμῶν εἰς I will go through your city on the way to Ro 15:28; cp. 2 Cor. 1:16. διαβαίνειν Hb 11:29. διαπορεύεσθαι διὰ σπορίμων Lk 6:1. εἰσέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς πύλης (Jos., Ant. 13, 229) Mt 7:13a; τ. θύρας J 10:1f; cp. vs. 9. παρέρχεσθαι διὰ τ. ὁδοῦ pass by along the road Mt 8:28; cp. 7:13b. παραπορεύεσθαι Mk 2:23; 9:30. περιπατεῖν διὰ τοῦ φωτός walk about through or in the light Rv 21:24. ὑποστρέφειν διὰ Μακεδονίας return through M. Ac 20:3.—Ἰης. ὁ ἐλθὼν διʼ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος 1J 5:6 first of all refers quite literally to Jesus’ passing through water at the hand of John and through blood at his death (on the expression ‘come through blood’ in this sense cp. Eur., Phoen. 20 in Alex. Aphr., Fat. 31 II 2 p. 202, 10, of the oracle to Laius the father of Oedipus, concerning the bloody downfall of his house: πᾶς σὸς οἶκος βήσεται διʼ αἵματος). But mng. 3c may also apply: Jesus comes with the water of baptism and with the blood of redemption for his own.—AKlöpper, 1J 5:6–12: ZWT 43, 1900, 378–400.—The ῥῆμα ἐκπορευόμενον διὰ στόματος θεοῦ Mt 4:4 (Dt 8:3) is simply the word that proceeds out of the mouth of God (cp. Theognis 1, 18 Diehl3 τοῦτʼ ἔπος ἀθανάτων ἦλθε διὰ στομάτων; Pittacus in Diog. L. 1, 78 διὰ στόματος λαλεῖ; Chrysippus argues in Diog. L. 7, 187: εἴ τι λαλεῖς, τοῦτο διὰ τοῦ στόματός σου διέρχεται, i.e. if one e.g. says the word ἅμαξα, a wagon passes through the person’s lips; TestIss 7:4 ψεῦδος οὐκ ἀνῆλθε διὰ τ. χειλέων μου. Cp. also δέχεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τινος Gen 33:10 beside δέχ. ἐκ τ. χειρ. τινος Ex 32:4).
    w. other verbs that include motion: οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος διὰ πασῶν τ. ἐκκλησιῶν (sc. ἀγγέλλεται) throughout all the congregations 2 Cor 8:18. διαφέρεσθαι διʼ (v.l. καθʼ) ὅλης τῆς χώρας be spread through the whole region Ac 13:49. διὰ τ. κεράμων καθῆκαν αὐτόν they let him down through the tile roof Lk 5:19. διὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν through an opening in the wall (Jos., Ant. 5, 15) Ac 9:25; cp. 2 Cor 11:33. (σωθήσεται) ὡς διὰ πυρός as if he had come through fire 1 Cor 3:15. διασῴζεσθαι διʼ ὕδατος be brought safely through the water 1 Pt 3:20.—διʼ ὅλου J 19:23 s. ὅλος 2.
    of a whole period of time, to its very end throughout, through, during διὰ παντός (sc. χρόνου. Edd. gener. write διὰ παντός, but Tdf. writes διαπαντός exc. Mt 18:10) always, continually, constantly (Hdt. 1, 122, 3; Thu. 1, 38, 1; Vett. Val. 220, 1; 16; PLond I, 42, 6 [172 B.C.] p. 30; BGU 1078, 2; PGM 7, 235; LXX; GrBar 10:7; EpArist index; Jos., Ant. 3, 281; SibOr Fgm. 1, 17; Just., D. 6, 2; 12, 3 al.) Mt 18:10; Mk 5:5; Lk 24:53; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 10:2; 24:16; Ro 11:10 (Ps 68:24); 2 Th 3:16; Hb 9:6; 13:15; Hm 5, 2, 3; Hs 9, 27, 3. διὰ νυκτός during the night, overnight (νύξ 1b) Ac 23:31. διʼ ὅλης νυκτός the whole night through Lk 5:5; J 21:6 v.l. (X., An. 4, 2, 4; Diod S 3, 12, 3 διʼ ὅλης τῆς νυκτός; PGM 4, 3151; Jos., Ant. 6, 37; cp. διʼ ἡμέρας all through the day: IPriene 112, 61 and 99; 1 Macc 12:27; 4 Macc 3:7). διʼ ἡμερῶν τεσσεράκοντα Ac 1:3 means either for forty days (Philo, Vi. Cont. 35 διʼ ἓξ ἡμερῶν. So AFridrichsen, ThBl 6, 1927, 337–41; MEnslin, JBL 47, 1928, 60–73) or (s. b below) now and then in the course of 40 days (B-D-F §223, 1; Rob. 581; WMichaelis, ThBl 4, 1925, 102f; Bruce, Acts). διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν throughout the lifetime Hb 2:15 (cp. διὰ παντὸς τοῦ βίου: X., Mem. 1, 2, 61; Pla., Phileb. 39e; Dionys. Hal. 2, 21; διʼ ὅλου τοῦ ζῆν EpArist 130; 141; 168).
    of a period of time within which someth. occurs during, at (PTebt 48, 10) διὰ (τῆς) νυκτός at night, during the night (Palaeph. 1, 10; PRyl 138, 15 κατέλαβα τοῦτον διὰ νυκτός; Jos., Bell. 1, 229. S. νύξ 1b end) Ac 5:19; 16:9; 17:10. διὰ τῆς ἡμέρας during the day Lk 9:37 D (Antig. Car. 128 διὰ πέμπτης ἡμέρας=on the fifth day). διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν within three days Mt 26:61; Mk 14:58.
    of an interval of time, after (Hdt. 6, 118, 3 διʼ ἐτέων εἴκοσι; Thu. 2, 94, 3; X., Mem. 2, 8, 1; Diod S 5, 28, 6 of transmigration of souls: διʼ ἐτῶν ὡρισμένων [=after the passing of a certain number of years] πάλιν βιοῦν; OGI 56, 38; 4 Macc 13:21; Jos., Ant. 4, 209): διʼ ἐτῶν πλειόνων after several years Ac 24:17. διὰ δεκατεσσάρων (s. under δέκα) ἐτῶν after 14 years Gal 2:1. διʼ ἡμερῶν several days afterward Mk 2:1. διὰ ἱκανοῦ χρόνου after (quite) some time Ac 11:2 D (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 28 διὰ χρόνου).
    marker of instrumentality or circumstance whereby someth. is accomplished or effected, by, via, through
    of means or instrument γράφειν διά χάρτου καὶ μέλανος write w. paper and ink 2J 12; cp. 3J 13 (Plut., Sol. 87 [17, 3]). διὰ πυρὸς δοκιμάζειν test by fire 1 Pt 1:7. διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι Ac 8:20. Hebraistically in expr. denoting activity διὰ χειρῶν τινος (LXX) Mk 6:2; Ac 5:12; 14:3; 19:11, 26. Differently γράφειν διὰ χειρός τινος write through the agency of someone 15:23; cp. 11:30. εἰπεῖν διὰ στόματός τινος by the mouth of someone (where the usage discussed in A1a is influential) 1:16; 3:18, 21; 4:25. εὔσημον λόγον διδόναι διὰ τῆς γλώσσης utter intelligible speech with the tongue 1 Cor 14:9. διὰ τοῦ νοὸς λαλεῖν speak, using one’s reason (=consciously; opp., ecstatic speech) vs. 19 v.l. Of the work of Christ: περιποιεῖσθαι διὰ τοῦ αἵματος obtain through his blood Ac 20:28; cp. Eph 1:7; Col 1:20. Also διὰ τοῦ θανάτου Ro 5:10; Col 1:22; Hb 2:14; διὰ τοῦ σώματος Ro 7:4; διὰ τῆς ἰδίας σαρκός AcPlCor 2:6; cp. 2:15; διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ Eph 2:16; διὰ τῆς θυσίας Hb 9:26; διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος Ἰησοῦ through the offering of the body of Jesus 10:10; διὰ παθημάτων 2:10.
    of manner, esp. w. verbs of saying: ἀπαγγέλλειν διὰ λόγου by word of mouth Ac 15:27; cp. 2 Th 2:15. διʼ ἐπιστολῶν by letter (POxy 1066, 9; 1070, 14f πολλάκις σοι γράψας διὰ ἐπιστολῶν πολλῶν; Tat. 12:3 δια γραφῆς in writing) 1 Cor 16:3; 2 Cor 10:11; cp. 2 Th 2:2, 15. διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ w. many words Ac 15:32. διʼ ὁράματος εἰπεῖν in a vision 18:9. διὰ παραβολῆς in an illustrative way, in a parable Lk 8:4. διὰ προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως προσεύχεσθαι call on (God) w. prayer and supplication Eph 6:18. διὰ βραχέων ἐπιστέλλειν write briefly Hb 13:22 (cp. 1 Pt 5:12 P72; Isocr. 14, 3; Lucian, Tox. 56; EpArist 128; Ath. 17:1 σκέψασθε … διὰ βρ.). Also διʼ ὀλίγων γράφειν 1 Pt 5:12 (Pla., Phileb. 31d; UPZ 42, 9 [162 B.C.]; 2 Macc 6:17).
    of attendant or prevailing circumstance (Kühner-G. I 482f; X., Cyr. 4, 6, 6 διὰ πένθους τὸ γῆρας διάγων; Just., D. 105, 2 διʼ οὗ πάθους ἔμελλενἀποθνῄσκειν; PTebt 35, 9 [111 B.C.] διὰ τῆς γνώμης τινός=with someone’s consent; Jos., Bell. 4, 105) σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου you who, (though provided) with the written code and circumcision, are a transgressor/violator of the law Ro 2:27. διʼ ὑπομονῆς 8:25. διὰ προσκόμματος eat with offense (to the scruples of another) 14:20. διʼ ἀκροβυστίας in a state of being uncircumcised 4:11. διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων with many tears 2 Cor 2:4. Cp. 6:7. διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως 2 Pt 1:3 ( through recognition [of God as source of the gifts], s. Danker, Benefactor 457). διὰ πυρός in fiery form AcPlCor 2:13.—Here prob. belongs σωθήσεται διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 Ti 2:15 (opp. of the negative theme in Gen. 3:16), but s. d next. On 1J 5:6 s. A1a above.
    of efficient cause via, through διὰ νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας ( only) recognition of sin comes via the law Ro 3:20; cp. 4:13. τὰ παθήματα τὰ διὰ τοῦ νόμου passions aroused via the law 7:5. διὰ νόμου πίστεως by the law of faith 3:27; Gal 2:19. ἀφορμὴν λαμβάνειν διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς Ro 7:8, 11; cp. 13. διὰ τ. εὐαγγελίου ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα (spiritual parenthood) 1 Cor 4:15. Perh. 1 Ti 2:15 but s. c, above. διὰ τῆς σοφίας with its wisdom 1 Cor 1:21; opp. διὰ τῆς μωρίας τοῦ κηρύγματος through the folly of proclamation = foolish proclamation ibid. διὰ τῆς Λευιτικῆς ἱερωσύνης Hb 7:11. Freq. διὰ (τῆς) πίστεως Ro 1:12; 3:22, 25, 30f; Gal 2:16; 3:14, 26; Eph 2:8; 3:12, 17 al. Cp. AcPl Cor 2:8. πίστις διʼ ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη faith which works through (=expresses itself in) deeds of love Gal 5:6. διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ if God is willing Ro 15:32; by the will of God 1 Cor 1:1; 2 Cor 1:1; 8:5; Eph 1:1; Col 1:1; 2 Ti 1:1.
    of occasion διὰ τῆς χάριτος by virtue of the grace Ro 12:3; Gal 1:15 (Just., D. 100, 2).—3:18; 4:23; Phlm 22. διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς in consequence of his glory and excellence 2 Pt 1:3 v.l.
    in wording of urgent requests διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ by the mercy of God Ro 12:1; cp. 15:30; 1 Cor 1:10; 2 Cor 10:1.
    marker of pers. agency, through, by
    with focus on agency through ( the agency of), by (X., An. 2, 3, 17 διʼ ἑρμηνέως λέγειν; Menand., Fgm. 210, 1 οὐθεὶς διʼ ἀνθρώπου θεὸς σῴζει … ἑτέρου τόν ἕτερον; Achilles Tat. 7, 1, 3 διʼ ἐκείνου μαθεῖν; Just., D. 75, 4 διὰ παρθένου γεννηθῆναι; PMert 5, 8 γεομετρηθῆναι διʼ αὐτοῦ) ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Mt 1:22; 2:15, 23; 4:14 al. (cp. Just., A I, 47, 5 διὰ Ἠσαίου τοῦ πρ.). γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν Lk 18:31; cp. Ac 2:22; 10:36; 15:12 al. διʼ ἀνθρώπου by human agency Gal 1:1. διὰ Μωϋσέως through Moses (Jos., Ant. 7, 338; Mel., P. 11, 77 διὰ χειρὸς Μωυσέως) J 1:17; under Moses’ leadership Hb 3:16. διʼ ἀγγέλων by means of divine messengers (TestJob 18:5 διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου; cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 136, but s. n. by RMarcus, Loeb ed., ad loc.) Gal 3:19; Hb 2:2. πέμψας διὰ τ. μαθητῶν εἶπεν sent and said through his disciples Mt 11:2f. Cp. the short ending of Mk. γράφειν διά τινος of the bearer IRo 10:1; IPhld 11:2; ISm 12:1, but also of pers. who had a greater or smaller part in drawing up some document (Dionys. of Cor. in Eus., HE 4, 23, 11) 1 Pt 5:12 (on the practice s. ERichards, The Secretary in the Letters of Paul ’91). In this case διά comes close to the mng. represented by (LWenger, D. Stellvertretung im Rechte d. Pap. 1906, 9ff; Dssm., LO 98 [LAE 123f]). So also κρίνει ὁ θεὸς διὰ Χρ. Ἰ. God judges, represented by Christ Jesus Ro 2:16. Christ as intermediary in the creation of the world J 1:3, 10; 1 Cor 8:6; Col 1:16.—εὐχαριστεῖν τ. θεῷ διὰ Ἰ. Χρ. thank God through Jesus Christ Ro 1:8; 7:25; Col 3:17.—Occasionally the mediation becomes actual presence (references for this usage in BKeil, Anonymus Argentinensis 1902, p. 192, 1; 306 note) διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων in the presence of many witnesses 2 Ti 2:2 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 114, 31 διὰ θεοῦ μέσου=in the presence of God as mediator; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 187 τὸ διὰ μαρτύρων κλαίειν=weeping in the presence of witnesses).
    with focus on the originator of an action (Hom. et al.; pap, LXX, EpArist)
    α. of human activity (PSI 354, 6 [254 B.C.] τὸν χόρτον τὸν συνηγμένον διʼ ἡμῶν=by us; 500, 5; 527, 12; 1 Esdr 6:13; 2 Macc 6:21; 4 Macc 1:11) 2 Cor 1:11 (where διὰ πολλῶν resumes ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων). ᾧ παρέλαβε κανόνι διὰ τῶν μακαρίων προφήτων καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου εὐαγγελίου AcPlCor 2:36.
    β. of divine activity:—of God (Aeschyl., Ag. 1485; Pla., Symp. 186e ἡ ἰατρικὴ πᾶσα διὰ τ. θεοῦ τούτου [Asclepius] κυβερνᾶται; Ael. Aristid., Sarap. [Or. 8 Dind.=45 Keil] 14 K. πάντα γὰρ πανταχοῦ διὰ σοῦ τε καὶ διὰ σὲ ἡμῖν γίγνεται; Zosimus in CALG p. 143 and a magic ring in introd. 133; EpArist 313) 1 Cor 1:9 διʼ οὗ ἐκλήθητε (v.l. ὑπό s. καλέω 4); Ro 11:36 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 240–50; 347f); Hb 2:10b (s. B 2a, below; cp. Ar. 1:5 διʼ αὐτοῦ … τὰ πάντα συνέστηκεν).—Of Christ Ro 1:5; 5:9, 17f, 21; 8:37; 2 Cor 1:20 al. (ASchettler, D. paulin. Formel ‘durch Christus’ 1907; GJonker, De paulin. formule ‘door Christus’: ThSt 27, 1909, 173–208).—Of the Holy Spirit Ac 11:28; 21:4; Ro 5:5.
    At times διά w. gen. seems to have causal mng. (Rdm. 142; POxy 299, 2 [I A.D.] ἔδωκα αὐτῷ διὰ σοῦ=because of you; Achilles Tat. 3, 4, 5 διὰ τούτων=for this reason; in Eng. cp. Coleridge, Anc. Mariner 135–36: Every tongue thro’ utter drouth Was wither’d at the root, s. OED s.v. ‘through’ I B 8) διὰ τῆς σαρκός because of the resistance of the flesh Ro 8:3.—2 Cor 9:13.—On the use of διά w. gen. in Ro s. Schlaeger, La critique radicale de l’épître aux Rom.: Congr. d’ Hist. du Christ. II 111f.
    B. w. acc.
    marker of extension through an area, through (Hom. and other early Gk. only in poetry, e.g. Pind. P. 9, 123 διʼ ὅμιλον ‘through the throng’; Hellenistic prose since Dionys. Hal. [JKäser, D. Präpositionen b. Dionys. Hal., diss. Erlangen 1915, 54]; ISyriaW 1866b τὸν πάτρωνα διὰ πάντα of the governor of a whole province) διήρχετο διὰ μέσον Σαμαρείας καὶ Γαλιλαίας Lk 17:11 (cp. SibOr 3, 316 ῥομφαία διελεύσεται διὰ μέσον σεῖο).
    marker of someth. constituting cause
    the reason why someth. happens, results, exists: because of, for the sake of (do something for the sake of a divinity: UPZ 62, 2 [161 B.C.] διὰ τὸν Σάραπιν; JosAs 1:10 διʼ αὐτήν; ApcSed 3:3 διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον; Tat. 8:2 διὰ τὸν … Ἄττιν; Ath. 30, 1 διὰ τὴν Δερκετώ) hated because of the name Mt 10:22; persecution arises because of teaching 13:21; because of unbelief vs. 58; because of a tradition 15:3; διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον (the sabbath was designed) for people Mk 2:27; because of Herodias Mk 6:17 (cp. Just. D. 34, 8 διὰ γυναῖκα); because of a crowd Lk 5:19; 8:19 al; because of Judeans Ac 16:3. διὰ τὸν θόρυβον 21:34; because of rain 28:2. Juristically to indicate guilt: imprisoned for insurrection and murder Lk 23:25. διʼ ὑμᾶς on your account=through your fault Ro 2:24 (Is 52:5). διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν because of the passing over 3:25 (but s. WKümmel, ZTK 49, ’52, 164). διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα on account of transgressions 4:25a (cp. Is 53:5; PsSol 13:5); but διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν in the interest of justification vs. 25b; s. 8:10 for a sim. paired use of διὰ. διὰ τὴν χάριν on the basis of the grace 15:15. διʼ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκός because of a physical ailment (cp. POxy 726, 10f [II A.D.] οὐ δυνάμενος διʼ ἀσθένειαν πλεῦσαι. Cp. ἀσθένεια 1) Gal 4:13. διὰ τὸ θέλημα σου by your will Rv 4:11. διὰ τὸν χρόνον according to the time = by this time Hb 5:12 (Aelian, VH 3, 37 δ. τὸν χρ.=because of the particular time-situation).—W. words denoting emotions out of (Diod S 5, 59, 8 διὰ τὴν λύπην; 18, 25, 1 διὰ τὴν προπέτειαν=out of rashness; Appian, Celt. 1 §9 διʼ ἐλπίδα; 2 Macc 5:21; 7:20; 9:8; 3 Macc 5:32, 41; Tob 8:7): διὰ φθόνον out of envy Mt 27:18; Phil 1:15. διὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους out of tender mercy Lk 1:78. διὰ τ. φόβον τινός out of fear of someone J 7:13. διὰ τὴν πολλὴν ἀγάπην out of the great love Eph 2:4. διὰ τ. πλεονεξίαν in their greediness B 10:4.—Of God as the ultimate goal or purpose of life, whereas διά w. gen. (s. A4bβ above) represents God as Creator, Hb 2:10a (s. Norden, op. cit.; PGM 13, 76 διὰ σὲ συνέστηκεν … ἡ γῆ). Cp. J 6:57 (s. Bultmann ad loc.) PtK 2.
    in direct questions διὰ τί; why? (Hyperid. 3, 17; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 28; Ael. Aristid. 31 p. 597 D.; oft. LXX; TestJob 37:8; TestLevi 2:9; GrBar, Tat; Mel., Fgm. 8b, 42) mostly in an interrogative clause Mt 9:11, 14; 13:10; 15:2f; 17:19; 21:25; Mk 2:18; 11:31; Lk 5:30; 19:23, 31; 20:5; 24:38; J 7:45; 8:43, 46; 12:5; 13:37; Ac 5:3; 1 Cor 6:7; Rv 17:7. Simply διὰ τί; (Hyperid. 3, 23) Ro 9:32; 2 Cor 11:11. Also διατί (always in t.r. and often by Tdf.; TestJob 46:2) B 8:4, 6; Hm 2:5; Hs 5, 5, 5. Kvan Leeuwen Boomkamp, Τι et Διατι dans les évangiles: RevÉtGr 39, 1926, 327–31.—In real and supposed answers and inferences διὰ τοῦτο therefore (X., An. 1, 7, 3; 7, 19; oft. LXX; JosAs 7:7; Ar. 12, 2; Just., A I, 44, 5 al.; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac.) Mt 6:25; 12:27, 31; 13:13, 52; 14:2; 18:23; 21:43; 23:13 v.l.; 24:44; Mk 11:24; 12:24; Lk 11:19 al. Also διὰ ταῦτα (Epict.) Eph 5:6. διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι for this reason, (namely) that J 5:16, 18; 8:47; 10:17; 12:18, 39; 15:19; 1J 3:1. διὰ τοῦτο ἵνα for this reason, (in order) that (Lucian, Abdic. 1) J 1:31; 2 Cor 13:10; 1 Ti 1:16; Phlm 15. Also διὰ τοῦτο ὅπως Hb 9:15.
    διά foll. by inf. or acc. w. inf., representing a causal clause, because (Gen 39:9; Dt 1:36; 1 Macc 6:53; GrBar 8:4; Demetr.: 722 fgm 1:1 al.) διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος because it had no depth Mt 13:5f; Mk 4:5f (διὰ τὸ μή w. inf.: X., Mem. 1, 3, 5; Hero Alex. I 348, 7; III 274, 19; Lucian, Hermot. 31); because lawlessness increases Mt 24:12; διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου Δ.. Lk 2:4; because it was built well 6:48 al. διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό τινων because it was said by some Lk 9:7 (for the constr. cp. Herodian 7, 12, 7 διὰ τὸ τὰς ἐξόδους ὑπὸ τ. πυρὸς προκατειλῆφθαι=because the exit-routes were blocked by the fire).
    instead of διά w. gen. to denote the efficient cause we may have διά, by
    α. w. acc. of thing (schol. on Pind., N. 4, 79a; 2 Macc 12:11; EpArist 77) διὰ τὸ αἷμα by the blood Rv 12:11. διὰ τὰ σημεῖα by the miracles 13:14.
    β. w. acc. of pers. and freq. as expr. of favorable divine action (Aristoph., Plut. 468; Dionys. Hal. 8, 33, 3, 1579 μέγας διὰ τ. θεούς ἐγενόμην; Ael. Aristid. 24, 1 K.=44 p. 824 D.: διʼ οὓς [= θεούς] ἐσώθην; SIG 1122; OGI 458, 40; PGM 13, 579 διῳκονομήθη τ. πάντα διὰ σέ; EpArist 292; Sir 15:11; 3 Macc 6:36: other exx. in SEitrem and AFridrichsen, E. christl. Amulett auf Pap. 1921, 24). ζῶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα J 6:57 (cp. PKöln VI, 245, 16 of Isis σὺ κυρεῖς τὰ πάντα, διὰ σὲ δʼ εἰσορῶ φαός ‘you are responsible for everything and thanks to you I can see light’). διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα by the one who subjected it Ro 8:20.—DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > διά

  • 17 τις

    τις, [full] τι, Indef. Pron.
    A any one, any thing, enclitic through all cases (for exceptions v. infr.):—but τίς; τί; Interrog. Pron. who? what?, oxyt. in the monosyll. cases, parox. in the others:—Dialectal forms: Cypr. σις ( si se) Inscr.Cypr.135.10 H.; Arc. σις (with <*> for ς) IG5(2).262.25 (Mantinea, v B.C.); Thess. κις ib.9(2).515.12 ([place name] Larissa), 1226.4, 1229.27 ([place name] Phalanna), pl. κινες ib.517.41 ([place name] Larissa), neut. κι in διεκί, ποκκί (qq.v.); neut. pl. [dialect] Dor. σά, [dialect] Boeot. τά, [dialect] Aeol. dat. τίω, τίοισι (v. infr. B). (I.-E. q[uglide]i-, cf. Lat. quis, quid, etc.; for σά, τά, v. ἄσσα, σά μάν; with τέο (v. infr. B) cf. OSlav. gen. c<*>eso.)
    A Indef. Pron. τις, τι, gen. [dialect] Ion. τεο Od.16.305, Hdt.1.58; more freq. τευ Il.2.388, al., Hdt.4.30, al., Meliss.7, etc.; Trag. and [dialect] Att. του A.Pr.21, Ar.Ach. 329, Th.1.70, etc. (sts. fem., S.Aj. 290, OT 1107 (lyr.), E.Hec. 370, etc.); του is rare after 300 B.C., never in LXX or NT, but found in IG12(5).798.17 (Tenos, iii B.C.), PCair.Zen.250.6, 647.23 (iii B.C.), Plb.3.23.3, revived by the Atticists, D.H.8.29, Plu.Fab.20, etc.; τινος Pi.P.2.90, IG12.16.17, 65.41, A.Eu. 5, Ch. 102, S.Ant. 698, al., Hdt.2.109, al. (Rh.Mus.72.483), etc.; dat. [dialect] Ion.

    τεῳ Il.16.227

    , Od.11.502, Hdt.2.48, 5.86; Trag. and [dialect] Att. τῳ (also in Hom., Il.1.299, 12.328, Od.13.308, 20.297, al., always in masc.) A.Th. 1045, IG12.39.54, D.S.18.45; as fem., A.Th. 472, S. OT80, etc.; τινι (Hom. in the form

    οὔ τινι Il.17.68

    , Od.14.96) Pi. O.9.26, al., B.17.12, Hdt.1.114 (elsewh. fem., 2.62, 3.69, 83, 4.113), A.Th. 1041, S.Aj. 443, 495, etc.; acc. τινα Il.1.62, 5.761, etc., neut. τι 2.122, etc.: dual τινε Od.4.26, Pl.Sph. 237d, Prm. 143c, 149e: pl. τινες (Hom. only in

    οὔ τινες Od.6.279

    , 17.587 and οἵτινες (v. ὅστις)); [dialect] Dor. τινεν SIG527.127 (Drerus, iii B.C.); nom. and acc. neut. τινα (

    ὅτινα Il.22.450

    ), never in Trag., Ar., Th., or Hdt., f.l. in Isoc.4.74, first in Pl.Chrm. 163d, Ep. 325a, D.47.63, Hyp.Ath.19, Alex.110, Sotad.Com.1.22, Arist.EN 1094a5, IG42(1).121.35 (Epid., iv B.C.), etc.; ἄσσα (q.v.) Od.19.218, never in Trag. or Hdt.; [dialect] Att. ἄττα first in Th.1.113, 2.100, Ar.Ra. 173, al., Pl.R. 400a, etc., never in LXX, Plb., D.S., Str., revived by the Atticists, D.H.Comp.3, etc.; gen. [dialect] Ion. τεων Hdt.2.175, 5.57, τεῶν cj. for γε ῶν in 4.76; τινων not in Hdt., first in Ar.Eq. 977 (lyr.); dat. τισι, τισιν, first in Hdt. 9.113, X.Ath.1.18; N.-W. [dialect] Dor. τινοις GDI1409.5 (Delph., iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. τεοισι Hdt.8.113, 9.27 (for τεοις and τεον v. τεός); acc. τινας Il.15.735, Od.11.371 (also in οὕστινας, ὅτινας, v. ὅστις), etc.; neut. τινα (v. supr.):—any one, any thing, some one, some thing; and as Adj. any, some, and serving as the Indef. Art. a, an;

    θεός νύ τίς ἐστι κοτήεις Il.5.191

    ;

    καί τις θεὸς ἡγεμόνευεν Od.9.142

    ; οὐδέ τις αὐτὸν ἠείδη δμώων ib. 205; ἤ τι ὀϊσάμενος, ἢ.. ib. 339; μή τίς μοι ὑποδείσας ἀναδύη ib. 377, cf. 405- 410; εἴ τινά που μετ' ὄεσσι λάβοι ib. 418, cf. 421, al.; τις θεός construed as if τις θεῶν, 19.40, cf. 11.502, IG12.94.19, E.Hel. 1039.
    II special usages:
    1 some one (of many), i.e. many a one,

    ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν Il.7.201

    , etc.: sts. with meiosis, implying all or men, 13.638, Od.3.224; so in Prose, Hdt.5.49 fin., Th.2.37, etc.
    2 any one concerned, every one,

    εὖ μέν τις δόρυ θηξάσθω Il.2.382

    ; ἀλλά τις αὐτὸς ἴτω let every man come himself, 17.254;

    ἵνα τις στυγέῃσι καὶ ἄλλος 8.515

    , cf. 16.209, 17.227, al.; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., even with the imper., τοῦτό τις.. ἴστω S Aj.417 (lyr.), cf. E.Ba. 346, Ar.Av. 1187;

    ἀγορεύω τινὶ ἐμὲ μὴ βασανίζειν Id.Ra. 628

    ; τοὺς ξυμμάχους αὐτόν τινα κολάζειν that every man should himself chastise his own allies, Th.1.40, cf. 6.77;

    ὅ τί τις ἐδύνατο Id.7.75

    ; ἄμεινόν τινος better than any others, D.21.66, cf. 19.35:—this is more fully expressed by adding other pronominal words,

    τις ἕκαστος Od.9.65

    , Th.6.31, etc.;

    πᾶς τις A.Ag. 1205

    , Hdt.6.80, Th.8.94, etc.;

    ἅπας τις Hdt.3.113

    , etc.;

    οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον Id.4.118

    . In these senses, τις is freq. combined with pl. words, οἱ κακοὶ.. οὐκ ἴσασι, πρίν τις ἐκβάλῃ, for πρὶν ἐκβάλωσι, S.Aj. 965; οἷς ἂν ἐπίω, ἧσσόν τις πρόσεισι, for ἧσσον προσίασι, Th.4.85;

    ἐτόλμα τις.., ὁρῶντες Id.2.53

    , cf. 7.75; esp. after εἴ or ἤν τις, X. Mem.1.2.62, al.
    3 in reference to a definite person, whom one wishes to avoid naming, οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις χρήματα διδῷ (i.e. Cyrus) Id.An.1.4.12, cf. Ar.Ra. 552, Theoc.5.122; so also euphem. for something bad,

    ἤν τι ποιῶμεν Th.2.74

    ;

    ἂν οὗτός τι πάθῃ D.4.11

    : hence for the [ per.] 1st or [ per.] 2nd pers. Pron.,

    ἅ τιν' οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω Il.1.289

    , cf. S.Ant. 751; ποῖ τις τρέψεται; for ποῖ τρέψομαι; Ar.Th. 603, cf. S.Aj. 245 (lyr.), 1138, Th.4.59, X.An.3.4.40, 5.7.31, etc.
    4 indefinitely, where we say they, French on, sts. with an ironical force,

    φοβεῖταί τις A.Ch.59

    (lyr.);

    μισεῖ τις ἐκεῖνον D.4.8

    ; as voc., τὸν Πλοῦτον ἔξω τις κάλει call P. out, somebody, Ar.Pl. 1196.
    5 τις, τι may be opposed, expressly or by implication, to οὐδείς, οὐδέν, and mean somebody, something, by meiosis for some great one, some great thing, ηὔχεις τις εἶναι you boasted that you were somebody, E.El. 939;

    εἰσὶν ὅμως τινὲς οἱ εὐδοκιμοῦντες Arist.Pol. 1293b13

    ;

    τὸ δοκεῖν τιν' εἶναι Men.156

    ;

    τὸ δοκεῖν τινὲς εἶναι D.21.213

    ;

    ὡς σὲ μὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει δεῖ τινὰ φαίνεσθαι, τὴν πόλιν δ' ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι μηδενὸς ἀξίαν εἶναι Id.10.71

    ; κἠγών τις φαίνομαι ἦμεν after all I too am somebody, Theoc.11.79, cf. Act.Ap.5.36; also in neut.,

    οἴονταί τι εἶναι ὄντες οὐδενὸς ἄξιοι Pl.Ap. 41e

    , cf.Phd. 63c, Phdr. 243a, Euthd. 303c, etc.:— so τι λέγειν to be near the mark, opp. οὐδὲν λέγειν, Id.Prt. 339c, R. 329e, Phdr. 260a, etc.;

    ἵνα καὶ εἰδῶμεν εἴ τι ὅδε λέγει Id.Cra. 407e

    ;

    οἴεσθέ τι ποιεῖν, οὐδὲν ποιοῦντες Id.Smp. 173c

    .
    b τις is sts. opp. to another word,

    ἀελλοπόδων μέν τιν' εὐφραίνοισιν ἵππων τιμαί.., τέρπεται δὲ καί τις.. Pi.Fr. 221

    ;

    τισὶ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀποροῦσι συνεξέδωκε θυγατέρας.., τοὺς δ' ἐλύσατο ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων Lys.19.59

    ;

    μέρος μέν τι σιδήρου, μέρος δέ τι ὀστράκινον LXX Da.2.33

    (more freq. with the Article, v. infr. 10 c); ἔστιν οὖν οὐ πᾶν τὸ ταχύ, ἀλλά τι (sic codd. BT)

    αὐτοῦ ἀγαστόν Pl.Cra. 412c

    ;

    ἀναγκαῖον ἤτοι πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις ἀποδίδοσθαι πάσας ταύτας τὰς κρίσεις ἢ τισὶ πάσας.. ἢ τινὰς μὲν αὐτῶν πᾶσι τινὰς δὲ τισίν Arist.Pol. 1298a9

    , cf. 1277a23; τὸ μεῖζον τοῦθ' ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἑτέρου λέγεται· τινὸς γὰρ λέγεται μεῖζον greater than something, Id.Cat. 6a38;

    τὸ πρώτως ὂν καὶ οὐ τὶ ὂν ἀλλ' ὂν ἁπλῶς Id.Metaph. 1028a30

    ; πότερον τῷ τυχόντι ἢ τισίν; Id.Pol. 1269a26.
    6 with pr. names τις commonly signifies one named so-and-so,

    ἦν δέ τις ἐν Τρώεσσι Δάρης Il.5.9

    , cf. X.An.3.1.4, etc.; with a sense of contempt, Θερσίτης τις ἦν there was one Thersites, S.Ph. 442.
    b one of the same sort, converting the pr. name into an appellative, ἤ τις Ἀπόλλων ἢ Πάν an Apollo or a Pan, A.Ag.55 (anap.); [πόλιες] ταὶ μέλονται πρός τινος ἢ Διὸς ἢ γλαυκᾶς Ἀθάνας Lyr.in PVat.11v xi7;

    Σκύλλαν τινά A.Ag. 1233

    , cf.Ar.V. 181, Av. 512, Ra. 912: so also

    ὥς τις ἥλιος A.Ag. 288

    ; ἰσθμόν τιν' Ar. Th. 647.
    7 with Adjs. τις combines to express the idea of a Subst. used as predicate, ὥς τις θαρσαλέος καὶ ἀναιδής ἐσσι προΐκτης a bold and impudent beggar, Od.17.449, cf. 18.382, 20.140, Il.3.220; ἐγώ τις, ὡς ἔοικε, δυσμαθής a dull ard, Pl.R. 358a, cf. Prt. 340e; φόβου πλέα τις εἶ a cow ard, A.Pr. 696, cf. Th. 979(lyr.), Ag. 1140 (lyr.); ὡς ταχεῖά τις.. χάρις διαρρεῖ in what swift fashion ( = ταχέως πως), S.Aj. 1266, cf. OT 618, Hdt.4.198; δεινόν τι ποιεύμενος thinking it a terrible thing, Id.3.155, 5.33.
    8 with numerals and Adjs. expressing number, size, or the like , εἷς δέ τις ἀρχὸς ἀνὴρ.. ἔστω some one man, Il.1.144;

    ἕνα τιν' ἂν καθεῖσεν Ar.Ra. 911

    ;

    δώσει δέ τι ἕν γε φέρεσθαι Od.15.83

    ;

    τινὰ μίαν νύκτα Th.6.61

    ;

    προσκαλεσάμενός τινας δύο τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν Act.Ap.23.23

    ; sts. the τις softens the definiteness of the numeral, ἑπτά τινες some seven, seven or so, Th.7.34;

    ἐς διακοσίους τινάς Id.3.111

    , cf. 7.87, 8.21; so without an actual numeral, ἡμέρας τινάς some days, i.e. several, Id.3.52; στρατῷ τινι of a certain amount, considerable, Id.8.3; ἐνιαυτόν τινα a year or so, Id.3.68; so οὐ πολλοί τινες, τινὲς οὐ πολλοί, A.Pers. 510, Th. 6.94, etc.; ὀλίγοι τινές or

    τινὲς ὀλίγοι Id.2.17

    , 3.7; οὔ τινα πολλὸν χρόνον no very long time, Hdt.5.48;

    τις στρατιὰ οὐ πολλή Th.6.61

    ; so also ὅσσος τις χρυσός what a store of gold, Od.10.45, cf. Hdt. 1.193, 2.18, etc.;

    κόσοι τινές Id.7.234

    ;

    πηλίκαι τινὲς τιμωρίαι Isoc. 20.3

    ;

    πολλὸς γάρ τις ἔκειτο Il.7.156

    ;

    ἐκ πολλοῦ τευ χρόνου Hdt. 2.58

    .
    9 with Pronominal words, ἀλλά τί μοι τόδε θυμὸς.. μερμηρίζει something, namely this, Od.20.38, cf. 380; οἷός τις what sort of a man, Il.5.638 (dub. l.), cf. Od.9.348, 20.377, Pl.Prt. 313a, etc.;

    ποῖός τις S.Ant.42

    , OC 1163, Hdt.3.34, X.An.7.6.24, etc.;

    ὁποῖός τις Id.Cyr.2.2.2

    , al.;

    εὐτυχίη τις τοιήδε Hdt.3.139

    , cf. X.Mem.1.1.1, etc.;

    τοιοῦτός τις Id.An.5.8.7

    .
    10 with the Article,
    a when a noun with the Art. is in appos. with τις, as ὅταν δ' ὁ κύριος παρῇ τις when the person in authority, whoever he be, is here, S.OC 289; τοὺς αὐτοέντας.. τιμωρεῖν τινας (v.l. τινα) Id.OT 107.
    b in Philosophic writers, τις is added to the Art. to show that the Art. is used to denote a particular individual who is not specified in the general formula, although he would be in the particular case, ὁ τὶς ἄνθρωπος the individual man (whoever he may be), this or that man, opp. ἄνθρωπος (man in general), ὁ τὶς ἵππος, ἡ τὶς γραμματική, Arist.Cat. 1b4, 8; τὸ τὶ μέγεθος, opp. ὅλως τὸ μέγεθος, Id.Pol. 1283a4, cf. S.E.P.2.223; but in

    ἑνὸς γὰρ τό γε τὶ φήσεις σημεῖον εἶναι Pl.Sph. 237d

    , the Art. is used as in Il. cc. s.v. ,

    , τό B.1.5

    : later ὅ τις (or ὁ τὶς ) much like ὁ δεῖνα, δεῦρο ὅ τις θεός, ὄφθητί μοι in a general formula of invocation, PMag.Par.1.236; αἴρω σε, ἥ τις βοτάνη ib.287; εἰς τήν τινα κρείαν (leg. χρείαν) ib.289.
    c freq. in opposed clauses,

    ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δὲ.. E.Med. 1141

    , Hec. 624, Pl.Phd. 99b, etc.;

    ὁ μέν τις.., ἄλλος δὲ.. E.IT 1407

    ;

    ὁ μὲν.., ὁ δέ τις.. X.Cyr.1.4.15

    : pl.,

    οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.. Hdt.1.127

    , cf. Th.2.91;

    οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.., οἱ δέ τινες X.Cyr.3.2.10

    , etc.; οἱ μὲν.., οἱ δέ τινες.. ib.6.1.26, etc.: also combined with other alternative words,

    ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.., ἕτερος δέ τις.. Id.Smp.2.6

    ; ὁ μὲν.., ἕτερος δέ τις.., ὁ δὲ.. , etc., Ar. Pl. 162 sq.: also in neut.,

    τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Pl.Ep. 358a

    ;

    τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δὲ.. Hdt.3.40

    ; in adverb. sense, τὸ μὲν.., τὸ δέ τι.. partly.., partly.., Plb.1.73.4; and τι remains unaltered even when the Art. is pl.,

    τὰ μέν τι μαχόμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναπαυόμενοι X.An.4.1.14

    , cf. HG7.1.46; also τὸ δέ τι.. but in some measure.., without τὸ μέν preceding, Th.1.107, cf. 118, 7.48.
    d later τις is used as in b supr. but without the Art., γράψον.. ὅτι τι καί τι εἴληφας that you have received such and such things, POxy.937.22 (iii A.D.); κληρονόμους καταλείπω τὴν θυγατέρα μού τινα καὶ τὸν σύντροφον αὐτῆς τινα καί τινα ib.1034.2 (ii A.D.); τίς τινι χαίρειν A to B greeting (in a draft letter), ib. 509 (ii A.D.).
    II the neut. τι is used,
    a collectively, ἦν τι καὶ ἐν ταῖς Συρακούσαις there was a party.., Th.7.48; so perh. τῶν ἄλλων οὔ πέρ τι πεφυγμένον ἐστ' Ἀφροδίτην, οὔτε θεῶν, οὔτ' ἀνθρώπων no class, h.Ven.34 (but masc. τις in h.Merc. 143).
    b euphem. for something bad, v. supr. 3.
    c joined with Verbs, somewhat, in any degree, at all,

    ἦ ῥά τί μοι κεχολώσεαι Il.5.421

    ;

    παρεθάρρυνέ τι αὐτούς X.HG6.4.7

    , etc.: with Adjs. or Adverbs, οὕτω δή τι ἰσχυραί, οὕτω δή τι πολύγονον, etc., Hdt.3.12, 108, cf. 4.52; so also

    ὀλίγον τι ἧσσον Od.15.365

    ;

    οὐδέ τι μᾶλλον Hdt.6.123

    , etc.;

    ἧσσόν τι Th.3.75

    , etc.; οὐ πάνυ τι, πολύ τι, σχεδόν τι, v. πάνυ 1.3,

    πολύς 111.1a

    , 2a, σχεδόν IV; also in conjunction with

    οὐδέν, μηδέν, οὐδέν τι πάντως Hdt.6.3

    ; οὐδέν, μηδέν τι μᾶλλον, E.Alc. 522, S.Aj. 280;

    μηδέν τι λίαν E.Andr. 1234

    :—also καί τι καὶ.. ὑποψίᾳ in part also from suspicion, Th.1.107;

    καί πού τι καί Pi.O.1.28

    .
    12 τίς τε freq. in Hom.,

    ὡς ὅτε τίς τε Il.3.33

    , 4.141, v. τε B.
    13 ἤ τις ἢ οὐδείς few or none, next to none, Hdt.3.140, X.Cyr.7.5.45, D.C.47.5, 48.4; ἤ τι ἢ οὐδέν little or nothing, Pl.Ap. 17b;

    ἢ οὐδεὶς ἤ τις D.C.41.62

    (s. v.l.).
    14 τις is pleonast. in such phrases as οὐδέν τι or μηδέν τι, v. supr. 11c.
    b repeated in successive clauses,

    ὅσα λέγει τις ἢ πράσσειτις ἢψέγειν ἔχει S.Ant. 689

    ;

    εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλέους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται Id.Tr. 944

    (where however κἄτι πλείους is prob. cj.), cf. E.Or. 1218 (whereas τις is sts. omitted in the first clause,

    οὔτε φωνὴν οὔτε του μορφὴν βροτῶν A.Pr.21

    , cf. S.Tr.3): but in E.Andr. 734, ἔστι γάρ τις οὐ πρόσω.. πόλις τις, the repetition is pleonastic, as also in A.Supp.57 sq. (lyr., s. v.l.).
    15 τις is sts. omitted, οὐδέ κεν ἔνθα τεόν γε μένος καὶ χεῖρας ὄνοιτο (sc. τις) Il.13.287; ὡς δ' ἐν ὀνείρῳ οὐ δύναται (sc. τις)

    φεύγοντα διώκειν 22.199

    , cf. S.OC 1226 (lyr.), Leg.Gort.2.2, X.Smp.5.2, Pl.Grg. 456d: τις must often be supplied from what goes before, ib. 478c, Prt. 319d.
    b sts. also τις is omitted before a gen. case which must depend upon it, as

    ἢ [τις] τᾶς ἀσώτου Σισυφιδᾶν γενεᾶς S.Aj. 189

    (lyr.); ἢν γαμῇ ποτ' αὐτὸς ἢ [τις]

    τῶν ξυγγενῶν Ar.Nu. 1128

    ;

    ἐν τῶν πόλεων IG12.56.14

    .--Cf. ὅστις, οὔτις, μήτις, ἄλλο τι.
    1 accentuation: τις is normally enclitic, but in certain uses is orthotone, i.e. theoretically oxytone (τίς, τινά, τινές, τινῶν, etc., cf. Choerob. in Theod.1.373 H.) and barytone when followed by another word ( τὶς or τις, τινὰ, τινὲς, τινῶν, etc.). According to Sch. D.T.p.240 H. its orthotone accent is τίς (not τὶς) , τίνα, τίνες, etc. The orthotone form is used in codd.:
    a at the beginning of a sentence, τίς ἔνδον.. ; is any one within? A.Ch. 654 ( τὶς cj. Hermann); τί φημι; = λέγω τι; am I saying anything? S.Tr. 865, OT 1471; <τίς ἦλθε;> ἦλθέ τις has anybody come? Somebody has come, Sch.D.T. l.c.; τὶς κάθηται, τὶς περιπατεῖ, so and so is sitting (walking), S.E.M.8.97; τὶς αἰπόλος καλούμενος Κομάτας Sch.Theoc.7.78;

    τίς ποτε οἰκοδεσπότης.. ἐκοπία Aesop.

    in Gloss. iii p.41; or after a pause,

    πῶς γὰρ ἄν, ἔφην ἐγώ, ὦ βέλτιστε, τὶς ἀποκρίναιτο Pl.R. 337e

    ; τι οὖν ([etym.] τὶς ἂν εἴποι) ταῦτα λέγεις; D.1.14 (v.l.);

    ἔντοσθεν δὲ γυνά, τι θεῶν δαίδαλμα Theoc.1.32

    ;

    οὐ γυμνὸν τὸ φίλαμα, τι δ' ὦ ξένε καὶ πλέον ἑξεῖς Mosch.1.5

    (v.l. for τὺ).
    b when τις is opp. to another τις or to some other word,

    τισὶ μὲν συμφέρει, τισὶ δ' οὐ συμφέρει Arist.Pol. 1284b40

    , cf. Th.2.92, Pl.Cri. 49a, D. 9.2;

    τινὲς μὲν οὖν.., ἡμεῖς δὲ.. Sor.1.1

    ;

    τὸ τὶ μὲν ψεῦδος ἔχον, τὶ δὲ ἀληθές S.E.M.8.127

    ;

    ἀλλὰ τινὰ μὲν.., τινὰ δὲ.. Gem.14.6

    ;

    ποτὲ μὲν πρὸς πάντα, ποτὲ δὲ πρὸς τινά Sor.1.48

    : without such opposition, τοῦτ' εἰς ἀνίαν τοὔπος ἔρχεται τινί for a certain person, S.Aj. 1138. Codd. are not consistent; in signf.11.5a, 10c, 13 they make it enclitic; in signf. 11.5b sts. enclitic, sts. orthotone (v. supr.); sts. enclitic and orthotone in the same sentence,

    πάντα δὲ τὰ γιγνόμενα ὑπό τέ τινος γίγνεται καὶ ἔκ τινος καὶ τί Arist.Metaph. 1032a14

    , cf. Pl.Chrm. 165c.
    2 position:
    a τις is rarely first word in the sentence, and rarely follows a pause (v. supr. 111.1a, b); it may stand second word,

    ἔσκε τις ἐνθάδε μάντις ἀνήρ Od.9.508

    , cf. Il.8.515, 23.331; but in general its position is not far before or after the word to which it belongs in sense,

    ἀλλ' ἄγε δή τινα μάντιν ἐρείομεν 1.62

    ;

    φυλακὴ δέ τις ἔμπεδος ἔστω 8.521

    .
    b in [dialect] Ion. Prose it sts. stands between its genitive and the Article of that genitive,

    τῶν τις Περσέων Hdt.1.85

    ;

    τῶν τις ἱρέων Id.2.38

    ;

    τῶν τινες Φοινίκων Id.8.90

    ;

    ἐς τῶν τι ἄλλο στομάτων τοῦ Νείλου Id.2.179

    ; so also in late Prose, Ath.3.108d, Eust.1402.18, 1659.27, 1676.1.
    c it stands between the Art. and Subst. in signf.11.10b.
    d τίς τι is the correct order, not τί τις, IG12.110.46, Th.7.10, X.An.4.1.14 (codd. dett.), D.22.22, etc.
    e whereas in [dialect] Att. the order ἐάν τις is compulsory, in [dialect] Dor. the usual order is αἴ τίς κα, Leg.Gort.9.43, al., Tab.Heracl.1.105, al. (but

    αἴ κά τις Epich.35

    , 159;

    αἰ δέ κα μή τις Leg.Gort.5.13

    ): later [dialect] Dor.

    εἴ τί κα GDI2101.3

    , al.; καἴ τι ἂν ( = καὶ εἴ τι ἂν) IG5(1).1390.50 (Andania, i B.C., v. infr. B.11.1b):—this [dialect] Dor. order influenced the Koine, as in the rare

    εἴ τις ἂν Plu.TG15

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τις

  • 18 ἄν

    ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,
    A

    εἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2

    , 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.
    A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.
    I WITH INDICATIVE:
    1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,
    a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh.

    καί κε θάμ' ἐνθάδ' ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ' Od.4

    . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,

    εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755

    , cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;

    εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3

    .
    c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.
    d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.
    2 with [tense] fut. ind.:
    a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;

    ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80

    ; so in Lyr.,

    μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68

    , cf. I.6(5).59.
    b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,

    σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140

    ;

    οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d

    , cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;

    οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36

    (corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.
    II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future,

    οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις 3.54

    , al.
    III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):
    a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:

    ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28

    ;

    οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b

    :—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.
    b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;

    ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116

    , cf. D.1.26, al.
    c with protasis understood:

    φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269

    ; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447;

    οὐδ' ἂν δικαίως ἐς κακὸν πέσοιμί τι S.Ant. 240

    , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time,

    Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείη Il.5.85

    .
    d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.
    e in questions, expressing a wish:

    τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100

    , cf.A.Ag. 1448;

    πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389

    : hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty,

    τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν Il.4.94

    ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.
    f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.
    g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis:

    ῥεῖα θεός γ' ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαι Od.3.231

    , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,

    θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186

    ;

    τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605

    .
    h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.
    IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,

    τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b

    ) representing ind. or opt.:
    1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.
    2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.
    b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.
    3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:
    a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.
    b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.
    4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional,

    ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα Pl.Ap. 30c

    (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,

    νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8

    , cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.
    I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, once

    εἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288

    , twice

    εἴπερ ἄν 5.224

    , 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.
    2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (

    ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412

    ), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.
    3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,

    σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32

    ;

    ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e

    ;

    μηχανητέον ὅπως ἂν διαφύγῃ Grg. 481a

    (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.

    ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156

    ( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.
    II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.

    εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597

    ),

    εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353

    ; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as in

    ὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81

    .
    2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;

    ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6

    :—similarly after a preceding opt.,

    οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d

    .
    III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:
    1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:

    αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213

    :—so with relat.,

    οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175

    .
    2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,

    εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526

    ; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.
    IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as

    ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56

    ;

    ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136

    (iv A. D.);

    ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19

    ; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.
    C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;

    εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295

    ; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;

    διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b

    : inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.
    D GENERAL REMARKS:
    I POSITION OF ἄν.
    1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; as

    εἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281

    -4; rarely by τις, as

    ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14

    :—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, as

    εἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355

    , cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,

    ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45

    ;

    ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420

    : also

    ὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e

    , cf. 850a;

    ὅπου τὸ πάλαι λεγόμενον ἂν γίγνηται 739c

    .
    2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.
    3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;

    οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2

    ; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;

    οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b

    ;

    οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12

    .
    4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,

    ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax

    <*>37.
    II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,

    ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333

    , cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15;

    ἀφανεῖς ἂν ὄντες οὐκ ἂν ὑμνήθημεν ἄν E.Tr. 1244

    , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.
    2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.
    III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι)

    , εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935

    :—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)

    εἰ.. Isoc.10.48

    :—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.
    IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:

    πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049

    : even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,
    A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,

    ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b

    ; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;

    ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4

    : not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (D), shortened from ἄνα, v. sub ἀνά G.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄν

  • 19 νῦν

    νῦν adv. of time (Hom.+) ‘now’
    temporal marker with focus on the moment as such, now
    of time coextensive with the event of the narrative now, at the present time, w. focus on the immediate present, designating both a point of time as well as its extent.
    α. without definite article. The verbs w. which it is used are found
    א. in the pres. Lk 16:25; J 4:18; 9:21; 16:29; Ac 7:4; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:23; 1 Pt 3:21; 1J 3:2 and oft.
    ב. in the perf., when it has pres. mng. ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ ν. ἐλήλυθεν it is now here J 16:32 v.l.; ν. ἐγνώκαμεν now we know 8:52; cp. 17:7. ν. οἶδα Ac 12:11. ν. ἡ ψυχή μου τετάρακται J 12:27. Cp. 1J 2:18.
    ג. in the aor., mostly in contrast to the past, denoting that an action or condition is beginning in the present: νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου now the glorification of the Human One has begun J 13:31. ν. τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν we have now entered into the reconciliation Ro 5:11. οὗτοι ν. ἠπείθησαν they have now become disobedient 11:31. ν. ἀπεκαλύφθη τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀποστόλοις now it has been revealed to the holy apostles Eph 3:5; cp. vs. 10; 2 Ti 1:10. ἃ ν. ἀνηγγέλη ὑμῖν that which is now proclaimed to you 1 Pt 1:12. Cp. Ro 5:9; 16:26; 1 Pt 2:10b, 25.—More rarely in contrast to the future: οὐ δύνασαί μοι νῦν ἀκολουθῆσαι, ἀκολουθήσεις δὲ ὕστερον J 13:36 (νῦν … ὕστερον as Jos., Ant. 4, 295). ἵνα ν. ἔλθῃ• ἐλεύσεται δέ 1 Cor 16:12. ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ … ν., explained by ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ Mk 10:30.
    ד. in the impv., to denote that the order or request is to be complied w. at once; ν. comes after the impv. (B-D-F §474, 3; before the impv.: TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 24 [Stone p. 14] νῦν θέασαι): καταβάτω ν. ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ now let him come down from the cross Mt 27:42; Mk 15:32. ῥυσάσθω ν. let (God) deliver him Mt 27:43. ἀντλήσατε ν. now draw some out J 2:8.
    β. with the definite art.
    א. as an adj. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν the present (X., An. 6, 6, 13 ὁ νῦν χρόνος; Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 55 ὁ νῦν κόσμος; PAmh 68, 66 ὁ νῦν στρατηγός; BGU 19, 5; GrBar 4:16 οἱ νῦν ἄνθρωποι; Just., D. 68, 8 ἡ νῦν ὁμιλία) ὁ νῦν αἰών the present age 1 Ti 6:17; 2 Ti 4:10; Tit 2:12. ὁ ν. καιρός (Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 239 D.) Ro 3:26; 8:18; 11:5; 2 Cor 8:14; 4:1. ἡ ν. Ἰερουσαλήμ the present Jerus. Gal 4:25. οἱ ν. οὐρανοί 2 Pt 3:7. ζωὴ ἡ ν. (opp. ἡ μέλλουσα) 1 Ti 4:8.
    ב. subst. τὸ νῦν the present time (Aristot.) w. prep. (X. et al.; ins, pap LXX) ἀπὸ τοῦ ν. from now on, in the future (SIG 982, 22; BGU 153, 14; 193 II, 11; POxy 479, 6; cp. IXanthos 86 D, ln. 8; s. LRobert, Nouvelles Inscriptions di Sardes ’64, 28f [other exx. in Dssm., NB 81=BS 253]; Sir 11:23f; Tob 7:12; 1 Macc 10:41; 11:35; 15:8; ApcMos 28; Jos., Ant. 13, 50) Lk 1:48; 5:10; 12:52; 22:69; Ac 18:6; 2 Cor 5:16a; ἄχρι τοῦ ν. until now (s. ἄχρι 1aα.—μέχρι τοῦ ν.: Just., D. 78, 8; Diod S 1, 22, 2; SIG 742, 35; BGU 256, 9; 667, 8; 3 Macc 6:28; Jos., Ant. 3, 322) Ro 8:22; Phil 1:5. ἕως τοῦ ν. until now (SIG 705, 44f [112 B.C.]; PMich 173, 14 [III B.C.]; Gen 32:5; 46:34; 1 Macc 2:33) Mt 24:21; Mk 13:19.
    ג. w. other particles: ἀλλὰ νῦν but now Lk 22:36; 2 Cor 5:16b. ἀλλὰ καὶ ν. (TestAbr A 16 p. 97, 5 [Stone p. 42]) J 11:22; ἄρα ν. so or thus now Ro 8:1. ν. γάρ for now 13:11. ν. δέ but now Lk 16:25; 19:42 (νῦν δέ in the reversal theme also Il. 19, 287–90; 22, 477–514 et al.); J 16:5; 17:13; Col 1:26; Hb 2:8. οὐδὲ ἔτι ν. not even now 1 Cor 3:2 (ἔτι ν.=even now: Plut., Mor. 162e; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 302 D.; Jos., Ant. 1, 92; 2, 313). καὶ ν. even now (cp. Just., A I, 26, 4; 63, 1, D. 7, 2; Dio Chrys. 13 [7], 121) J 11:22 v.l. (perh. assuredly, but see HRiesenfeld, Nuntius 6, ’52, 41–44); Phil 1:20; ἔτι καὶ ν. and even now Dg 2:3 (Ath. 17, 2; cp. Just., A I, 26, 5 καὶ νῦν ἔτι, A II, 6, 6 καὶ ἔτι νῦν); and now (TestLevi 19:1; JosAs 28:3) J 17:5; Ac 16:37; 23:21; 26:6; Phil 1:30; AcPl Ha 8, 21. ν. οὖν so now (Gen 27:8; 1 Macc 10:71) Ac 16:36; 23:15. καὶ ν. … ἤδη and now … already 1J 4:3. ν. μέν now, to be sure J 16:22. ποτὲ … ν. δέ once … but now (Mel., P. 43, 306) Ro 11:30; Eph 5:8; 1 Pt 2:10. πολλάκις … ν. δέ often … but now Phil 3:18. τότε (μὲν) … ν. δέ then to be sure … but now Gal 4:9; Hb 12:26. ὥσπερ τότε … οὕτως καὶ ν. just as then … so also now Gal 4:29.—ALaurentin, וְעַתָּה—καὶ νῦν. Formule, etc. (J 17:5): Biblica 45, ’64, 168–95; 413–32; HBronyers, … adverbiales וְעַתָּה im AT: VetusT 15, ’65, 289–99.
    of time shortly before or shortly after the immediate pres.: ν. ἠκούσατε Mt 26:65. ν. ἐζήτουν σε λιθάσαι they were just now trying to stone you J 11:8. Cp. 21:10; Ac 7:52. (Soon) now (Epict. 3, 24, 94) ν. ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου Lk 2:29. Cp. J 12:31ab; 16:5; Phil 1:20.
    temporal marker with focus not so much on the present time as the situation pert. at a given moment, now, as it is
    without art. as things now stand (Gen 29:32; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 22) νῦν ζῶμεν ἐάν as the situation now is, we live if 1 Th 3:8. So also νῦν δέ, καὶ νῦν, νῦν οὖν: νῦν οὖν τί πειράζετε τ. θεόν; since this is so, why are you tempting God? Ac 15:10; cp. 10:33 (νῦν οὖν: TestAbr B 7 p. 112, 3 [Stone p. 72]; TestJob 23:7; ApcMos 11:30; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 25, 3; Babrius 6, 9). καὶ ν. τί μέλλεις; 22:16 (cp. TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 18 [Stone p. 10] καὶ ν., κύριε τὶ ποιήσω;). Cp. 2J 5.—Somet. in impv. statements (oft. LXX; cp. JJeremias, ZNW 38, ’39, 119f; PsSol 2:32; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 5 [Stone p. 10]; TestSim 7:1; JosAs 6:8; GrBar 4:1; Tat. 21, 2 πείσθητέ μοι νῦν) καὶ ν. πέμψον now send Ac 10:5. Cp. 16:36; 23:15; 1J 2:28; GJs 9:2.—On ἄγε νῦν s. ἄγε.—Not infreq. νῦν δέ serves to contrast the real state of affairs with the statement made in an unreal conditional clause: εἰ ἔγνως … • νῦν δέ if you had known … ; but, as a matter of fact Lk 19:42. Cp. J 8:40; 9:41; 15:22, 24; 18:36; 1 Cor 12:18 v.l., 20; Hb 11:16.—1 Cor 5:11; 7:14; Js 4:16.
    with art.: neut. pl. τὰ ν. (also written τανῦν; cp. Tdf., Prol. p. 111) as far as the present situation is concerned = now (Trag., Pla. et al.; POxy 743, 30 [2 B.C.]; 811; PTebt 315, 25; Jdth 9:5; 1 Esdr 1:31; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 217) Ac 4:29; 17:30; 20:32; 27:22. καὶ τὰ νῦν λέγω ὑμῖν for now I tell you this 5:38. ἀλλὰ τὰ ν. Hs 5, 7, 4 (TestLevi 10:1 v.l.).—τὸ νῦν ἔχον for the present (Dio Chrys. 21 [38], 42; Tob 7:11 BA v.l.; cp. Tat. 15, 2; 41, 1 τὸ δὲ νῦν συνέχον) Ac 24:25 (B-D-F §160).—The ms. tradition oft. varies betw. ν. and νυνί.—PTachau, ‘Einst’ u. ‘Jetzt’ im NT, ’72; FDanker, Proclamation Commentaries: Luke2, ’87, 47–57. B. 962f. DELG s.v. νυ. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > νῦν

  • 20 πρό

    A before, forth:
    A PREP. WITH GENIT.:
    I of Place, before, in front of,

    ἠγερέθοντο π. ἄστεος Od.24.468

    , cf. Il.15.351, etc.;

    π. πτόλιος δεδαϊγμένον 19.292

    ;

    κείνους κιχησόμεθα π. πυλάων 10.126

    , cf. 6.80, etc.;

    φύλοπις αἰνὴ ἕστηκε π. νεῶν 18.172

    ;

    πυρὰ φαίνετο Ἰλιόθι π. 8.561

    , cf. 10.12, Od.8.581, etc.;

    κλαγγὴ γεράνων πέλει οὐρανόθι π. Il.3.3

    ;

    π. τειχέων Pi.O.13.56

    ; ἔμπροσθε π. (v.l.)

    τῆς ἀκροπόλιος, ὄπισθε δὲ τῶν πυλέων Hdt.8.53

    , cf. 9.52; π. δόμων, π. δωμάτων, in front of, i.e. outside the house, Pi.P.2.18, 5.96, etc.;

    π. θυρῶν S.El. 109

    (anap.), etc.; τὴν π. τοῦ Ἡραίου νῆσον before or off the Heraeum, Th.3.75, cf. 7.22; π. ποδός, v. πούς 1.4a; π. χειρῶν at hand, S.Ant. 1279, E. Rh. 274, dub. in Tr. 1207;

    π. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν προφαίνεσθαι Aeschin. 2.148

    .
    2 with Vbs. of motion,

    π. δ' ἄρ' αὐτῶν κύνες ἤϊσαν Od. 19.435

    , cf. Il.23.115;

    π. Ἀχαιῶν ἄγγελος ᾔει 10.286

    , cf. 13.693;

    π. ἕθεν κλονέοντα φάλαγγας 5.96

    .
    3 before, in front of, for the purpose of shielding or guarding,

    π. Τρώων ἑσταότ' Il.24.215

    : hence, in defence of,

    μάχεσθαι.. π. τε παίδων καὶ π. γυναικῶν 8.57

    , cf. 4.156, 373, Hdt.8.74, etc.; ὀλέσθαι π. πόληος, Lat. pro patria mori, Il.22.110;

    π. τῆς Σπάρτης ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.7.134

    , cf. 172,9.72, E.Alc.18, 645, etc.;

    π. τοῦ θανόντος.. ἔθεσθ' ἐπιστροφήν S.OT 134

    ;

    διακινδυνεῦσαι π. βασιλέως X.Cyr.8.8.4

    ; βουλεύεσθαι, πράττειν π. τινός, ib.1.6.42, 4.5.44, cf. Mem.2.4.7; π. τοξευμάτων as a defence against arrows, Id.An.7.8.18: hence also, for, on behalf of, instead of, ἀγρυπνῆσαι π. τινῶν ib.7.6.36, cf. Leg.Gort.1.43; of an advocate,

    π. τῶνδε φωνεῖν S.OT10

    , cf. OC 811; ὄτι δέ κ' αὐτὸς π. Ειαυτοῦ [ἀμάρτῃ] whatever offence he commits of his own volition, Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn p.34.
    4 π. ὁδοῦ ἐγένοντο further on the road, i.e. forwards, onward, Il.4.382, cf. Ael.NA3.16,7.29 (v. φροῦδος): also to denote distance,

    π. πολλοῦ τῆς πόλεως D.H.9.35

    ;

    π. τριάκοντα σταδίων

    at a distance of

    30

    stades, Str.8.6.24.
    5 π. ἠοῦς, π. ἑσπέρης τοῦ βωμοῦ, eastwards, west wards of.., IG7.235.45 (Orop., iv B.C.).
    II of Time, before,

    π. γάμοιο Od.15.524

    ;

    ἠῶθι π. 5.469

    ; π. ὃ τοῦ ἐνόησεν one before the other, Il.10.224; more freq. in later writers,

    π. τῶν Τρωικῶν Th.1.3

    , cf. 1.1;

    π. τοῦ θανεῖν S.Ant. 883

    ;

    π. τοῦ θανάτου Pl.Phd. 57a

    ;

    π. τοῦ λοιμοῦ Id.Smp. 201d

    ;

    π. δείπνου X.Cyr. 5.5.39

    ; π. ἡμέρας ib.4.5.14; π. τοῦ χρῆσθαι before one uses it, Id.Mem.2.6.6; π. μοίρας τῆς ἐμῆς before my doom, A.Ag. 1266;

    π. τῆς εἱμαρμένης Antipho 1.21

    ;

    π. τοῦ καθήκοντος χρόνου Aeschin.3.126

    , cf. 124; π. πολλοῦ long before, Hdt.7.130, etc.; π. μικροῦ, π. ὀλίγου, Plu.Pomp.73, App.BC2.116;

    ὀλίγον π. τούτων Th.2.8

    ; τὸ π. τοῦ (v.l. τούτου) ib.15; π. τοῦ (sts. written προτοῦ) A.Ag. 1204, Hdt.1.122, 5.83, Ar.Th. 418, Pl.Smp. 173a;

    ὁ π. τοῦ χρόνος A.Eu. 462

    , Th.2.58, etc.; π. τοῦ ἤ, = πρὶν ἤ, IG7.2225.22 ([place name] Thisbe);

    οἱ π. ἡμῶν γενόμενοι Isoc.13.19

    ;

    οἱ π. ἐμοῦ Th.1.97

    .
    2 in later writers freq. with Numerals, π. τριάκοντα ἡμερῶν thirty days before, Ael.NA5.52;

    π. μιᾶς ἡμέρας Plu.Caes.63

    ;

    π. ἐνιαυτοῦ Id.2.147e

    ;

    π. δυεῖν ἡμερῶν ἢ ἐτελεύτα Id.Sull.37

    : freq. c. dupl. gen., π. δύο ἐτῶν τοῦ σεισμοῦ, π. δύο ὡρῶν τῆς ἐπιβολῆς, LXX Am.1.1, Dsc.1.64; π. ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ πάσχα, π. μιᾶς ἡμέρας τῶν γενεθλίων, Ev.Jo.12.1, Plu. 2.717d;

    π. πολλοῦ τῆς ἑορτῆς Luc.Sat.14

    .
    b in rendering Roman dates, τῇ π. μιᾶς Νωνῶν Ὀκτωβρίων, = pridie Non. Oct., Plu.2.203a, etc.
    III in other relations:
    1 of Preference, before, rather than, κέρδος αἰνῆσαι π. δίκας to praise sleight before right, Pi.P.4.140, cf. Pl.R. 361e; πᾶν δὴ βουλόμενοι σφίσι εἶναι π. τῆς παρεούσης λύπης anything before, rather than, their actual trouble, Hdt.7.152 (so, in order to avoid,

    π. τοῦ δεινοτάτου D.54.19

    );

    πᾶν π. τοῦ δουλεῦσαι ἐπεξελθεῖν Th.5.100

    , cf.4.59; ἑλέσθαι, αἱρεῖσθαι, or κρῖναί τι π. τινός to choose one before another, Id.5.36, Pl.R. 366b, Phlb. 57e; π. πολλοῦ ποιήσασθαι to esteem above much, i.e. very highly, Isoc.5.138;

    π. πολλῶν χρημάτων τιμήσασθαί τι Th.1.33

    , cf.6.10; π. ἄλλων more than others, Pl.Mx. 249e (v.l.), cf. A. Th. 1002; δυσδαίμων.. π. πασᾶν γυναικῶν ib. 927 (codd., lyr.);

    π. πάντων θεῶν τῇ Ἑστίᾳ πρώτῃ προθύειν Pl.Cra. 401d

    : after a [comp] Comp. it is redundant,

    ἡ τυραννὶς π. ἐλευθερίης ἀσπαστότερον Hdt.1.62

    , cf.6.12, Pl.Ap. 28d, Cri. 54b, Phd. 99a; for after

    ἄλλος, οὐδεὶς ἄλλος π. σεῦ Hdt.3.85

    , cf.7.3.
    2 of Cause or Motive, for, from, π. φόβοιο for fear, Il.17.667; ἀθλεύων π. ἄνακτος toiling before the face of, i.e. in his service, 24.734; π. τῶνδε there fore, S.El. 495 (lyr.).
    B POSITION: words may be put between π. and its case, Il.23.115; but it does not follow its case, exc. after [dialect] Ep. forms in -θι, Ἰλιόθι πρό, οὐρανόθι πρό, ἠῶθι πρό (v. supr.).
    C πρό, abs. as ADV.:
    I of Place, before, opp. ἐπί ( after), Il. 13.799, 800; before, in front, 15.360; forth, forward,

    ἐκ δ' ἄγαγε π. φόωσδε 19.118

    ; χωρεῖν π. δόμων to come forth from, S.Tr. 960 (lyr.);

    ἄγειν τινὰ π. δόμων E.Hec.59

    (anap.); γῆν π. γῆς ἐλαύνομαι I am driven on from one land to another, A.Pr. 682;

    διώκειν γῆν π. γῆς Ar.Ach. 235

    .
    II of Time, before,

    πρό οἱ εἴπομεν Od.1.37

    ; earlier,

    τά τ' ἐσσόμενα π. τ' ἐόντα Hes. Th.32

    ,38.
    III when joined with other Preps., ἀποπρό, διαπρό, ἐπιπρό, περιπρό, προπρό, it strengthens the first Prep., or adds to it the notion of forward, forth.
    I with Substs., to denote
    1 position before or in front, πρόδομος, προάστιον, πρόθυρον, προπύλαια, etc.
    2 priority of rank, πρόεδρος, προεδρία, etc.: also priority of order, προάγων, πρόλογος, προοίμιον, προπάτωρ, etc.
    3 standing in another's place, πρόμαντις, πρόξενος.
    II with Adjs., to denote
    1 proximity, πρόχειρος; and readiness, πρόθυμος, πρόφρων.
    2 away (cf. 111.3 infr.), προθέλυμνος, πρόρριζος.
    3 prematureness, πρόμοιρος, πρόωρος.
    4 intensity, πρόπας, πρόπαρ, προπάροιθε; so also πρόκακος, πρόπαλαι.
    III with Verbs,
    1 of Place, before, forwards, προβαίνω, προβάλλω, προτίθημι, etc.: also, before, in defence, προκινδυνεύω, προμάχομαι, etc.
    2 forth, προέλκω, προφέρω.
    b publicly, προγράφω, προειπεῖν, πρόκειμαι.
    3 away, προδίδωμι, προϊάλλω, προϊάπτω, προΐημι, προλείπω, προρέω, προτέμνω, προτρέπομαι, προφεύγω, προχέω.
    4 in preference, προαιροῦμαι, προτιμάω, etc.
    5 before, beforehand, προαισθάνομαι, προγίγνομαι, προκαταλαμβάνω, etc.; of foresight, προνοέω, προοράω.
    E Etymology: cf. Lat. προ?πρόX-, Slav. pro-, Skt. pra-, etc., in compounds.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρό

См. также в других словарях:

  • time order — order that becomes a market or limited price order or is canceled at a specific time. Bloomberg Financial Dictionary …   Financial and business terms

  • preparation time order — In employment law, an order issued by a court or tribunal that one party to a claim should pay part or all of the costs involved in the preparation time of a party who has not been legally represented at the hearing or at the point at which the… …   Law dictionary

  • order — or·der 1 n 1: a state of peace, freedom from unruly behavior, and respect for law and proper authority maintain law and order 2: an established mode or state of procedure a call to order 3 a: a mandate from a superior authority see also …   Law dictionary

  • one-time order — /ˌwʌn taɪm ɔ:də/ noun an order for an advertising spot for a particular time which is not scheduled to be repeated …   Marketing dictionary in english

  • Time — This article is about the measurement. For the magazine, see Time (magazine). For other uses, see Time (disambiguation). The flow of sand in an hourglass can be used to keep track of elapsed time. It also concretely represents the present as… …   Wikipedia

  • time perception — Introduction       experience or awareness of the passage of time.       The human experience of change is complex. One primary element clearly is that of a succession of events, but distinguishable events are separated by more or less lengthy… …   Universalium

  • time — The measure of duration. The word is expressive both of a precise point or terminus and of an interval between two points. A point in or space of duration at or during which some fact is alleged to have been committed. See also computation of… …   Black's law dictionary

  • order of battle — 1. : a particular disposition of troops or ships made in preparation for combat 2. : a tabular compilation by unit showing organization, commanders, movements, and other details over an extended time * * * order of battle noun Arrangement of… …   Useful english dictionary

  • Order of Preachers —     Order of Preachers     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Order of Preachers     As the Order of the Friars Preachers is the principal part of the entire Order of St. Dominic, we shall include under this title the two other parts of the order: the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Order of the Phoenix (organisation) — Order of the Phoenix Harry Potter association Some Order of the Phoenix members in the Harry Potter and the Order of the Phoenix film adaptation, from left to right: Alastor Moody, Nymphadora Tonks, Sirius Black, Remus Lupin, and Albus Dumbledore …   Wikipedia

  • Order of Friars Minor —     Order of Friars Minor     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Order of Friars Minor     (Also known as FRANCISCANS.) This subject may be conveniently considered under the following heads:     I. General History of the Order;     A. First Period (1209… …   Catholic encyclopedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»